51 Structure

712
 SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANU AL MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) STRUCTURE 

Transcript of 51 Structure

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 1/711

 SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL 

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) STRUCTURE 

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 2/711

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 3/711

This document must be used for training purposes only

Under no circumstances should this document be used as a reference

It will not be updated.

All rights reserved

No part of this manual may be reproduced in any form,

by photostat, microfilm, retrieval system, or any other means,

without the prior written permission of AIRBUS S.A.S.

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 4/711

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 5/711

STRUCTUREStructure General (3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

Doors D/O (3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18

Fuselage D/O (3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34

A318 Fuselage D/O (3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68Pylons/Nacelles D/O (3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  100

Stabilizers D/O (3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126

A318 Stabilizers D/O (3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  160

Windows D/O (3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194

Wings D/O (3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208

Structure Damage Identification D/O (3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256

Window Damage Identification D/O (3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288

SRM D/O (3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298

Window Damage Assessment D/O (3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 438

Damage Assessment Example 1 D/O (3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 454

Damage Assessment Example 2 D/O (3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 518

A318 Damage Assessment Example 3 D/O (3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 582

Structure Protections & Awareness D/O (3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 654

Damage Assessment Ex. 1 Operational Scenario (3) . . . . . . . . . . . . 686

Damage Assessment Ex. 2 Operational Scenario (3) . . . . . . . . . . . . 694

A318 Damage Assessment Ex. 3 Operat. Scenario(3) . . . . . . . . . . . 702

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

TABLE OF CONTENTS May 11, 2006

Page 1

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191-U15T1M0

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 6/711

STRUCTURE GENERAL (3)

AIRCRAFT MATERIALS

METALLIC MATERIALS

The basic A/C structure is made of aluminum alloys with stainless

steel and titanium alloys in specific areas.

COMPOSITE MATERIALS

Composite materials are used for primary and secondary structure.

Composite materials represent about 15% of the A/C structural weight.

Carbon Fiber Reinforced Plastic (CFRP) is mainly used for primary

structures, whilst Aramid Fiber Reinforced Plastic (AFRP) and Glass

Fiber Reinforced Plastic (GFRP) are only used for secondary

structures.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE GENERAL (3) May 10, 2006

Page 2

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM01P1000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 7/711

AIRCRAFT MATERIALS - METALLIC MATERIALS & COMPOSITE MATERIALS

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE GENERAL (3) May 10, 2006

Page 3

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM01P1000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 8/711

STRUCTURE GENERAL (3)

STRUCTURE PROTECTION

AIRCRAFT DRAINAGE

Wings and fuselage have different types of drains. Holes and gaps are

meant to be used for a natural drainage of the fluid collection points.

Drain holes are drilled before application of pretreatments. Remote

drains are used when natural drainage is not possible.

SURFACE PRETREATMENT

The protection of the structure against corrosion is achieved by means

of appropriate surface pretreatment of the metallic parts.

Aluminum alloys: the primary protection is generally a pure aluminum

cladding. The main pretreatment used is the unsealed chromic acid

anodizing.Titanium alloys: surface interfaying with aluminum alloy parts are

zinc sprayed. The other titanium alloy surfaces are left bare. Titanium

fasteners are either sulphuric acid anodized or aluminum coated.

Composite materials are left bare.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE GENERAL (3) May 10, 2006

Page 4

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM01P100

0000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 9/711

STRUCTURE PROTECTION - AIRCRAFT DRAINAGE & SURFACE PRETREATMENT

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE GENERAL (3) May 10, 2006

Page 5

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM01P100

0000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 10/711

STRUCTURE GENERAL (3)

STRUCTURE PROTECTION (continued)

PAINT SYSTEM

Before the final paint system, all aluminum parts are primed. The

paint system used includes polyurethane primers and paint on the

external surfaces, and epoxy primers and polyurethane paint on the

internal surfaces. Anti-slip paint is the overwing escape zones.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE GENERAL (3) May 10, 2006

Page 6

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM01P100

0000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 11/711

STRUCTURE PROTECTION - PAINT SYSTEM

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE GENERAL (3) May 10, 2006

Page 7

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM01P100

0000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 12/711

STRUCTURE GENERAL (3)

STRUCTURE PROTECTION (continued)

NO STEP AREAS

Protective mats are required on the horizontal stabilizer as it is a carbon

fiber structure.

JACKING POINTS

Three jacking points are provided, one below each wing outboard of the

pylon and one in front of the NLG bay.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE GENERAL (3) May 10, 2006

Page 8

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM01P100

0000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 13/711

STRUCTURE PROTECTION & JACKING POINTS

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE GENERAL (3) May 10, 2006

Page 9

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM01P100

0000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 14/711

STRUCTURE GENERAL (3)

A318 STRUCTURE DIFFERENCES

The Main structure differences between the A319/A320/A321 and the

A318 are due to the reduced length of the fuselage. There are several

general structure changes, laser beam welded structures and the vertical

stabilizer fin tip extension.

GENERAL STRUCTURE CHANGES

The main general structure changes are:

- on section 17, due to reduced length of the fuselage, the longitudinal

beams, the seat rails and the Z-profiles are replaced by new ones. The

crossbeams at FRame 52, FR53 and FR54 are removed. New

crossbeams are installed between FR55 to FR64,

- due to its location in the non-cylindrical part of the fuselage, a new

cargo sill box replaces the A319/A320/A321 one's, in section 17,

- on section 15, the A319/A320/A321 skin panels have been modified.

For weight reduction the A318 skin panels are thinner than the

A319/A320/A321 one's,

- the aft part of the belly fairing is modified due to an overlap with

non-cylindrical part of the fuselage. To avoid interference with cargo

compartment door, the A318 belly fairing is two panels shorter than

the A319/A320/A321 one's.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE GENERAL (3) May 10, 2006

Page 10

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM01P100

0000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 15/711

A318 STRUCTURE DIFFERENCES - GENERAL STRUCTURE CHANGES

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE GENERAL (3) May 10, 2006

Page 11

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM01P100

0000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 16/711

STRUCTURE GENERAL (3)

A318 STRUCTURE DIFFERENCES (continued)

VERTICAL STABILIZER

Compared with A319/A320/A321 A/Cs, the A318 vertical stabilizer

fin tip is 750 mm (29,5 in.) longer.

The new developed tip is completely made of GFRP. There is an

additional fin leading edge panel. There is a new spar and a new CFRP

adaptor box, between the fin base and the fin tip.

The metallic rudder tip is longer by 100 mm in vertical direction. The

rudder trailing edge is increased in width by 50 mm.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE GENERAL (3) May 10, 2006

Page 12

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM01P100

0000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 17/711

A318 STRUCTURE DIFFERENCES - VERTICAL STABILIZER

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE GENERAL (3) May 10, 2006

Page 13

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM01P100

0000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 18/711

STRUCTURE GENERAL (3)

A318 STRUCTURE DIFFERENCES (continued)

LASER BEAM WELDING

The technology used for the A319/A320/A321 A/Cs is riveted

skin/stringer. On the A318, the skin/stringer connections are welded.

The new laser beam welded skin panels are installed in:

- the sections 13/14, FR24 to FR35, stringers 18 to 32,

- the sections 16/17, FR47/54 to FR64, stringers 32 to 41.

The skin panels are made thicker where the stringers are welded onto

them.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE GENERAL (3) May 10, 2006

Page 14

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM01P100

0000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 19/711

A318 STRUCTURE DIFFERENCES - LASER BEAM WELDING

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE GENERAL (3) May 10, 2006

Page 15

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM01P100

0000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 20/711

STRUCTURE GENERAL (3)

A318 STRUCTURE DIFFERENCES (continued)

CARGO DOORS

The A318 forward and aft cargo doors are smaller. The new cargo

door width is reduced from 1.82 m (71.5 in) to 1.28 m (50.5 in). The

under-floor cargo offers a usable volume of 21.21 m3. There is no

containerized cargo system option.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE GENERAL (3) May 10, 2006

Page 16

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM01P1000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 21/711

A318 STRUCTURE DIFFERENCES - CARGO DOORS

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE GENERAL (3) May 10, 2006

Page 17

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM01P1000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 22/711

DOORS D/O (3)

GENERAL

The fuselage has:

- 4 passenger/crew doors,- 2 or 4, emergency exits depending on the A/C type,

- 2 cargo compartment doors,

- 1 bulk cargo compartment door (A320 & A321 only),

- landing gear bay doors and access doors for servicing and maintenance.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

DOORS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 18

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D1000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 23/711

GENERAL

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

DOORS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 19

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D1000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 24/711

DOORS D/O (3)

PASSENGER COMPARTMENT DOORS

PASSENGER/CREW DOOR

The aircraft has four type C passenger doors, located on each side of 

the fuselage at frame (Fr) 16/20 and 66/68.

Normal operation of the door is possible from the inside and the

outside of the aircraft. Arming of the emergency operation is only

possible from inside.

The doors are of fail-safe, plug-type construction. The structure is of 

conventional design, composed of an outer skin, frame segments and

beams. Edgemembers built a surrouding frame on which hinge fittings

and locking mechanisms are installed. The loads resulting from cabin

pressure are transferred by stop fittings located on each side of the

door and the frame.All the doors include an evacuation system. The escape slides or slide

 / rafts are stowed at the lower part of the passenger/crew door.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

DOORS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 20

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D10

00000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 25/711

PASSENGER COMPARTMENT DOORS - PASSENGER/CREW DOOR

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

DOORS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 21

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D10

00000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 26/711

DOORS D/O (3)

PASSENGER COMPARTMENT DOORS (continued)

EMERGENCY EXIT DOORS

On A318 and A319 aircraft are two Type III overwing emergency

exits installed, one on each side of the fuselage.

The A320 aircraft has four Type III overwing emergency exit doors,

two on each side of the fuselage.

In an emergency, these exits can be opened manually.

These emergency exits are of conventional plug type construction and

contain a standard size passenger cabin window.

The A321 aircraft has four Type "C" emergency exits, one on each

side of the fuselage sections 14A and 16A, between Fr 35.1 and 35.3A

and between Fr 47.2A and 47.4. The structural design and operation

of these plug-type exits is similar to the passenger doors.In an emergency, these exits can be opened manually; they are operated

like the passenger doors.

These emergency exits are of conventional plug-type construction.

A slide (or slide/raft) is installed in a compartment below each door.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

DOORS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 22

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D10

00000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 27/711

PASSENGER COMPARTMENT DOORS - EMERGENCY EXIT DOORS

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

DOORS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 23

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D10

00000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 28/711

DOORS D/O (3)

CARGO COMPARTMENT DOORS

FWD & AFT CARGO DOORS

Two doors in the lower RH side of the fuselage provide access to the

main cargo compartments.

These doors are designed to carry loads from differential pressure and

circumferential loads of the frames from the fuselage. With this

consideration, they are of conventional design and have:

- an outer and inner skins,

- an internal structure of drop-forged machined circumferential frames.

The upper ends of these frames are connected to the hinges for the

door, and the lower ends are attachment for the locking hooks. The

A318 cargo doors cutout is reduced by 534 mm (one frame pitch).

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

DOORS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 24

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D10

00000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 29/711

CARGO COMPARTMENT DOORS - FWD & AFT CARGO DOORS

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

DOORS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 25

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D10

00000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 30/711

DOORS D/O (3)

CARGO COMPARTMENT DOORS (continued)

BULK CARGO DOOR (A320 & A321 ONLY)

The bulk cargo compartment, at the rear, has a conventional plug-type

door, located between Fr 60 and 62.

The door is operated, locked and unlocked manually and can be opened

from the outside.

It is opened by pushing inward and upward and is locked in the open

position onto the ceiling of the compartment. (In this compartment,

nets are provided to maintain the clearance for the door opening). The

weight of the door is compensated by a torsion bar. The door is

connected to the door locking warning system.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

DOORS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 26

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D10

00000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 31/711

CARGO COMPARTMENT DOORS - BULK CARGO DOOR (A320 & A321 ONLY)

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

DOORS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 27

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D10

00000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 32/711

DOORS D/O (3)

ACCESS & SERVICE DOORS

The access doors are installed in the aircraft for inspection of the structure

and to give access to maintenance. Service doors are installed in thefuselage to give access to the servicing of systems.

All access and service doors are opened and closed manually.

Access and service doors are illustrated as follows:

- Avionics compartment door: there are four avionic compartment doors

like the one illustrated. This avionics compartment access door is installed

in the lower shell of the fuselage between Fr 3 and Fr 5 in a pressurized

area. The door can be opened from the inside or the outside.

- APU doors: The APU access doors are installed in the fuselage tail cone

in Zone 310. These doors are located in the lower part of the fuselage

between Fr 80A and Fr 84A. The doors give you access to the APU for

maintenance.

There are also access and service doors - not-illustrated: These doors are

located in the fuselage and belly fairing for water, waste, external power

and maintenance.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

DOORS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 28

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D10

00000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 33/711

ACCESS & SERVICE DOORS

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

DOORS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 29

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D10

00000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 34/711

DOORS D/O (3)

LANDING GEAR DOORS

NOSE LANDING GEAR (NLG) DOORS

Landing gear doors give protection to the landing gear when the

aircraft is in flight.

The nose and auxiliary landing gear doors have five parts:

- two forward doors, hydraulically actuated, which can be closed with

the gear in the extended or retracted position. These doors are made

from CFRP (Carbon Fiber Reinforced Plastic) sandwich materials

with a honeycomb core. They are hinged to the landing gear bay

longitudinal edges.

- two aft doors, linked to the gear by a rotating rod, which are made

from CFRP sandwich materials with an honeycomb core. The purpose

of these doors hinged to the landing gear bay rear lateral edge, is toallow the forward doors to be retracted when the gear is extended.

- one small door (fixed door) attached to the landing gear leg is made

from aluminum alloy.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

DOORS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 30

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D10

00000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 35/711

LANDING GEAR DOORS - NOSE LANDING GEAR (NLG) DOORS

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

DOORS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 31

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D1000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 36/711

DOORS D/O (3)

LANDING GEAR DOORS (continued)

MAIN LANDING GEAR (MLG) DOORS

The main landing gear doors are made from CFRP sandwich materials

with a honeycomb core, and have three parts:

- a main door, hydraulically actuated, which is hinged to the fuselage

keel beam parallel to the aircraft center line and can be closed with

the gear in the extended or retracted position,

- a fairing attached to the gear leg (fixed fairing door),

- a small door hinged to the wing structure in the neighborhood of the

upper end of the main leg (hinged fairing door).

All doors are part of the fuselage belly fairing and wing lower surface

in closed position.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

DOORS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 32

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D1000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 37/711

LANDING GEAR DOORS - MAIN LANDING GEAR (MLG) DOORS

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

DOORS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 33

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D1000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 38/711

FUSELAGE D/O (3)

GENERAL

FUSELAGE LAYOUT

The fuselage is divided into five main parts:

- the nose forward fuselage (ATA 53-10-00),

- the forward fuselage (ATA 53-20-00),

- the center fuselage (ATA 53-30-00),

- the rear fuselage (ATA 53-40-00),

- and the cone/rear fuselage (ATA 53-50-00).

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

FUSELAGE D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 34

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D2000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 39/711

GENERAL - FUSELAGE LAYOUT

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

FUSELAGE D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 35

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D2000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 40/711

FUSELAGE D/O (3)

GENERAL (continued)

FUSELAGE BREAKDOWN

Compared with the A320, the A321 forward fuselage is eight framebays longer (additional section 14A, extending between frames (Fr)

35 and 35.8).

The A321 rear fuselage is five frame bays longer (additional section

16A, extending between Fr 47 and Fr 47.5.

Compared with the A320, the A319 forward fuselage (section 13/14)

and the rear fuselage (section 16/17) are respectively three frame bays

and four frame bays shorter.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

FUSELAGE D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 36

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D2000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 41/711

GENERAL - FUSELAGE BREAKDOWN

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

FUSELAGE D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 37

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D2000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 42/711

FUSELAGE D/O (3)

NOSE FORWARD FUSELAGE

GENERAL ARRANGEMENT

The nose forward fuselage includes section 11, between Fr 1 and Fr12, and section 12, from Fr 12 to Fr 24.

The pressurized zone extends from Fr 1 to Fr 24.

The unpressurized zones are the radome, forward of Fr 1 and the nose

landing gear bay.

The structure of the nose forward fuselage has three parts:

- the forward upper structure, between Fr 1 and 11, which makes the

flight deck,

- the aft upper structure, between Fr 12 and 24, which makes the

forward part of the passenger cabin,

- the lower structure between Fr 1 and 24.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

FUSELAGE D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 38

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D2000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 43/711

NOSE FORWARD FUSELAGE - GENERAL ARRANGEMENT

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

FUSELAGE D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 39

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D2000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 44/711

FUSELAGE D/O (3)

NOSE FORWARD FUSELAGE (continued)

FORWARD & AFT UPPER STRUCTURES

The forward upper structure between Fr 1 and Fr 12 includes:- closed frames,

- opened frames at level of openings for windshield and side windows,

- the forward pressure bulkhead,

- the flight deck floor support structure including two lateral boxes,

- the skin panels and the windshield frames,

The skin panels just above and below the windshield are made of 

titanium alloy for bird impact requirements.

The aft upper structure, between Fr 12 and Fr 24, is the forward

passenger compartment and contains:

- the forward passenger/crew door between Fr 16 and 20,- conventional assembly of skin, stringers and frames,

- the floor support structure.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

FUSELAGE D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 40

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D2000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 45/711

NOSE FORWARD FUSELAGE - FORWARD & AFT UPPER STRUCTURES

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

FUSELAGE D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 41

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D2000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 46/711

FUSELAGE D/O (3)

NOSE FORWARD FUSELAGE (continued)

LOWER STRUCTURE

This part of section 11/12 contains the nose landing gear bay, accessand service door cutouts.

The nose landing gear bay is shaped by three machined panels

reinforced by horizontal and vertical extruded sections attached to the

corresponding frames. The lower parts of Fr 9 and Fr 20 are the

forward and rear limits of the gear bay.

The lower fuselage comprises three skin panels. The central panel has

an opening for access between Fr 3 and 5 and the opening for the nose

landing gear bay between Fr 9 and 20.

The right hand side panel has two openings for access, between Fr 12

and 14 and Fr 21 and 23.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

FUSELAGE D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 42

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D2

000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 47/711

NOSE FORWARD FUSELAGE - LOWER STRUCTURE

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

FUSELAGE D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 43

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D2

000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 48/711

FUSELAGE D/O (3)

FORWARD FUSELAGE

GENERAL ARRANGEMENT

This area of the fuselage lies between Fr 24 and Fr 35.It contains the front part of the passenger cabin and beneath the cabin

floor and the forward cargo compartment. The forward cargo door is

on the starboard side.

The A321 section 14A extends from Fr 35 to Fr 35.8.

Section 14A is of similar construction to section 13/14 but includes

the emergency exit cut-outs (one on each side of the fuselage) between

Fr 35.1 and Fr 35.2A.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

FUSELAGE D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 44

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D2

000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 49/711

FORWARD FUSELAGE - GENERAL ARRANGEMENT

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

FUSELAGE D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 45

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D2

000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 50/711

FUSELAGE D/O (3)

FORWARD FUSELAGE (continued)

TYPICAL STRUCTURE

This section is of conventional construction composed primarily of chemically milled skin panels, frames and stringers made in sheet

metal.

The standard frames have a common Z-shaped section made from

formed sheet, which provides a continuous structural member attached

to the skin and stringers by sheet metal cleats.

The structure of the cabin floor has:

- cross beams,

- seat tracks,

- floor support struts,

- floor panels.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

FUSELAGE D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 46

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D2

000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 51/711

FORWARD FUSELAGE - TYPICAL STRUCTURE

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

FUSELAGE D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 47

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D2

000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 52/711

FUSELAGE D/O (3)

CENTER FUSELAGE

GENERAL ARRANGEMENT

The fuselage center section (section 15) extends from Fr 35 to Fr 47for A320, from Fr 35.8 to Fr 47 for A321 and from Fr 35 to Fr 47/51

for A319.

The upper section includes part of the passenger compartment.

The passenger floor structure is made of longitudinal beams, seat and

support tracks, support struts and floor panels.

The lower section is non-pressurized and integrates:

- the center wing box which extends across the width of the fuselage.

The two main frames 36 and 42 are also part of the center wing box,

- the main landing gear bay between Fr 42 and Fr 46,

- the keel beam which keeps the longitudinal structural continuity of the lower fuselage,

- the belly fairing supporting structure, panels and doors.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

FUSELAGE D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 48

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D2

000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 53/711

CENTER FUSELAGE - GENERAL ARRANGEMENT

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

FUSELAGE D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 49

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D2

000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 54/711

FUSELAGE D/O (3)

CENTER FUSELAGE (continued)

KEEL BEAM

The longitudinal structural continuity of the lower fuselage in thisarea is maintained by the keel beam.

This beam is an aluminum alloy box structure, including skins,

stringers and ribs, and provides attachments for the main landing gear

doors and door actuators.

In its center area, the keel beam side walls are connected to the

wing-box aft lower panel.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

FUSELAGE D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 50

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D2

000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 55/711

CENTER FUSELAGE - KEEL BEAM

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

FUSELAGE D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 51

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D2

000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 56/711

FUSELAGE D/O (3)

CENTER FUSELAGE (continued)

BELLY FAIRING

The belly fairing includes a substructure made of aluminum alloyframes and webs which are attached to the fuselage via fittings and

rods.

This substructure supports the panels made of composite materials.

The belly fairing also includes the landing gear doors, external access

panels and access doors for maintenance.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

FUSELAGE D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 52

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D2

000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 57/711

CENTER FUSELAGE - BELLY FAIRING

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

FUSELAGE D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 53

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D2

000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 58/711

FUSELAGE D/O (3)

REAR FUSELAGE - A319 & A320 GENERAL

ARRANGEMENT

The rear fuselage assembly is a pressurized area, which extends from Fr47 to Fr 70.

The A319 and A320 rear fuselage is divided into two sections (the A321

has an additional section 16A):

- section 16/17 between Fr 47 and Fr 64,

- section 18 between Fr 64 and Fr 70.

Section 16/17 is shorter by four frames than on the A320.

The upper part of the fuselage contains the aft section of the passenger

cabin and the aft passenger/crew doors located between Fr 66 and Fr 68.

The lower part contains the aft cargo compartment. The aft cargo

compartment door is installed between Fr 52A and Fr 56 (RH side); the

bulk cargo compartment door is installed between Fr 60 and Fr 62 (RHside).

The design of section 16/17 is similar to that of forward fuselage sections

(typical skin, stringer and frame arrangement).

Skin panels of the lower area have support attachment structures for the

belly fairing rear part.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

FUSELAGE D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 54

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D2000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 59/711

REAR FUSELAGE - A319 & A320 GENERAL ARRANGEMENT

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

FUSELAGE D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 55

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D2000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 60/711

FUSELAGE D/O (3)

REAR FUSELAGE - A321 GENERAL ARRANGEMENT

The A321 rear fuselage assembly is a pressurized area, which extends

from Fr 47 to Fr 70.The A321 rear fuselage is divided into three sections:

- section 16/17 and 18 which are similar to the A320,

- section 16A,

The section 16A of the A321 fuselage extends from Fr 47 to Fr 47.5.

The section 16A includes the passenger cabin part in the upper section,

and beneath the cabin floor, the forward part of the rear cargo

compartment.

The section 16A is of similar construction to section 16/17 but includes

the emergency exit cut-outs (one on each side of the fuselage) between

Fr 47.2A and Fr 47.4.The slide/slide-raft is installed in a separate

compartment below each door.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

FUSELAGE D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 56

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D2000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 61/711

REAR FUSELAGE - A321 GENERAL ARRANGEMENT

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

FUSELAGE D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 57

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D2000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 62/711

FUSELAGE D/O (3)

CONE/REAR FUSELAGE

GENERAL ARRANGEMENT

This section comprises the un-pressurized part of the rear fuselageextending from Fr 70 to Fr 87.

It includes:

- the mounting structures for the vertical and horizontal stabilizers,

- the rear pressure bulkhead,

- a jacking point,

- attachment structure for the tail cone, which houses the Auxiliary

Power Unit (APU).

It is divided into two main sections:

- section 19 between Fr 70 and Fr 77,

- section 19.1(tail cone) aft of Fr 77.

Section 19 is composed of chemically milled skins, riveted stringers

and frames.

The side skin panels include the horizontal stabilizer cut-out. The

lower panel has an access door for this section where a maintenance

floor is installed.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

FUSELAGE D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 58

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D2000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 63/711

CONE/REAR FUSELAGE - GENERAL ARRANGEMENT

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

FUSELAGE D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 59

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D2000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 64/711

FUSELAGE D/O (3)

CONE/REAR FUSELAGE (continued)

REAR PRESSURE BULKHEAD

The rear pressure bulkhead installed at Fr 70, divides the pressurizedrear fuselage from the cone/rear fuselage, which is not pressurized.

It is made of a spherical membrane, and four aluminum alloy sheet

segments joined together on the inner surface by means of four "I"

profile sections. Four additional "I" profile radial stiffeners are also

installed.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

FUSELAGE D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 60

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D2000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 65/711

CONE/REAR FUSELAGE - REAR PRESSURE BULKHEAD

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

FUSELAGE D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 61

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D2000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 66/711

FUSELAGE D/O (3)

CONE/REAR FUSELAGE (continued)

VERTICAL STABILIZER ATTACHMENT FITTINGS

The vertical stabilizer spar box attachment fittings are located at Fr70, Fr 72 and Fr 74.

They have six fail safe yokes, which transmit the vertical stabilizer

loads into the fuselage frames via shear bolts.

The upper segments frames 70, 72 and 74 are machined from plates

while the lower segments are made from sheet metal.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

FUSELAGE D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 62

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D2000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 67/711

CONE/REAR FUSELAGE - VERTICAL STABILIZER ATTACHMENT FITTINGS

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

FUSELAGE D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 63

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D2000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 68/711

FUSELAGE D/O (3)

CONE/REAR FUSELAGE (continued)

THS ATTACHMENT FITTINGS

The fuselage area between Fr 73 and Fr 77 houses the horizontalstabilizer.

There is a large cut-out between Fr 73 and Fr 77, which is surrounded

by machined beams. A system of diagonal struts is installed on the

horizontal plane in the upper and lower areas of the cutout to increase

the rigidity of this open section.

The machined frame 77 supports the tailplane hinge bearings and the

lateral load fittings. They introduce horizontal stabilizer loads into

the fuselage structure, via the central bracing structure and the upper

and lower bracing structures.

Frame 77 also includes four lugs for the attachment of the tail cone

unit.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

FUSELAGE D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 64

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D2000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 69/711

CONE/REAR FUSELAGE - THS ATTACHMENT FITTINGS

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

FUSELAGE D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 65

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D

2000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 70/711

FUSELAGE D/O (3)

CONE/REAR FUSELAGE (continued)

TAIL CONE

The tail cone unit is located aft of Fr 77 and houses the APU. Thissection is connected to section 19 by means of four lugs and one

spigot.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

FUSELAGE D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 66

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D

2000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 71/711

CONE/REAR FUSELAGE - TAIL CONE

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

FUSELAGE D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 67

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D

2000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 72/711

A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3)

GENERAL

FUSELAGE LAYOUT

The fuselage is divided into five main parts: the nose forward fuselage(section 11/12), the forward fuselage (section 13/14), the center

fuselage (section 15), the rear fuselage (sections 16/17 and 18) and

the cone/rear fuselage (section 19/19.1).

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 68

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D

I000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 73/711

GENERAL - FUSELAGE LAYOUT

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 69

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D

I000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 74/711

A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3)

GENERAL (continued)

FRAME/SKIN/STRINGER ASSEMBLY

Standard frames have a common z-shape section made from formedsheet. These frames are continuous structural members attached to

the skin and stringers by sheet metal cleats.

A panel with laser beam welded stringers has been introduced:

- in section 13, between frames (Fr) 24 and 35, from stringer (Stgr)

18LH to Stgr 32LH,

- in section 16/17, between Fr 47/54 and 64, from Stgr 32LH to Stgr

41RH.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 70

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D

I000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 75/711

GENERAL - FRAME/SKIN/STRINGER ASSEMBLY

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 71

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D

I000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 76/711

A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3)

NOSE FORWARD FUSELAGE

GENERAL ARRANGEMENT

The nose forward fuselage has section 11, from Fr 1 to Fr 12 andsection 12, from Fr 12 to Fr 24. The pressurized area extends from Fr

1 to Fr 24. The unpressurized areas are the radome, forward of Fr 1,

and the nose landing gear bay.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 72

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D

I000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 77/711

NOSE FORWARD FUSELAGE - GENERAL ARRANGEMENT

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 73

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D

I000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 78/711

A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3)

NOSE FORWARD FUSELAGE (continued)

UPPER STRUCTURE

The upper structure between Fr 1 and Fr 12 has closed frames andopened frames at level of openings for:

- the windshield and side windows,

- the forward pressure bulkhead,

- the flight deck floor support structure,

- skin panels and windshield frames.

The upper structure between Fr 12 and Fr 24 makes the forward

passenger compartment and contains the two forward passenger/crew

doors.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 74

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D

I000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 79/711

NOSE FORWARD FUSELAGE - UPPER STRUCTURE

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 75

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D

I000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 80/711

A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3)

NOSE FORWARD FUSELAGE (continued)

LOWER STRUCTURE

This part of section 11/12 contains the nose landing gear bay, accessand service door cutouts. The nose landing gear bay is made of 

machined flat panels stabilized laterally and longitudinally by struts.

The struts are attached respectively to frames and flight deck 

crossbeams.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 76

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D

I000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 81/711

NOSE FORWARD FUSELAGE - LOWER STRUCTURE

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 77

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D

I000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 82/711

A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3)

FORWARD FUSELAGE

GENERAL ARRANGEMENT

This region of the fuselage lies between Fr 24 and 35. It contains thefront part of the passenger cabin and, beneath the cabin floor, the

forward cargo compartment. The forward cargo door is located

between Fr 24A and 28 on the RH side of the fuselage

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 78

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D

I000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 83/711

FORWARD FUSELAGE - GENERAL ARRANGEMENT

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 79

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D

I000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 84/711

A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3)

FORWARD FUSELAGE (continued)

TYPICAL STRUCTURE

This section is of conventional construction, having chemically milledskin panels, frames and stringers made from sheet metal. The standard

frames have a common Z-shaped section made from formed sheet.

They are continuous structural members attached to the skin and

stringers by sheet metal cleats. A skin panel with laser beam welded

stringer is installed between Fr 24A and 35, and between Stgr 18LH

and 32LH.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 80

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D

I000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 85/711

FORWARD FUSELAGE - TYPICAL STRUCTURE

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 81

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D

I000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 86/711

A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3)

CENTER FUSELAGE

GENERAL ARRANGEMENT

The fuselage center section extends from Fr 35 to Fr 47/54, andintegrates the center wing box. The upper section contains a part of 

the passenger compartment, with two overwing emergency exit door

cutouts. The pressure boundary is delimited by the forward bulkhead

at Fr 35, the upper skin panel of the center wing box prolonged by a

pressure diaphragm up to frame 46 and ending by an inclined pressure

bulkhead. Beneath the cabin floor are the air conditioning, hydraulic

and main landing gears, in conjunction with a belly fairing.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 82

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D

I000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 87/711

CENTER FUSELAGE - GENERAL ARRANGEMENT

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 83

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D

I000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 88/711

A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3)

CENTER FUSELAGE (continued)

KEEL BEAM

In this area, the longitudinal structural continuity of the lower fuselageis maintained by a keel beam located between Fr 35.8 and 46. The

keel beam transmits the overall fuselage vertical bending loads. This

beam is a box structure having attachments for the main landing gear

doors and door actuators. In its center region, the keel beam side walls

are connected to the bottom skin panels of the center wing box.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 84

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D

I000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 89/711

CENTER FUSELAGE - KEEL BEAM

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 85

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D

I000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 90/711

A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3)

CENTER FUSELAGE (continued)

BELLY FAIRING

The belly fairing has a substructure made of aluminum alloy framesand webs, attached to the fuselage via fittings and rods. This

substructure supports the panels, made of sandwich construction. The

belly fairing also incorporates the landing gear doors, external access

panels and access doors for maintenance.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 86

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D

I000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 91/711

CENTER FUSELAGE - BELLY FAIRING

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 87

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DI000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 92/711

A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3)

REAR FUSELAGE - GENERAL ARRANGEMENT

The rear fuselage assembly is a pressurized area, which extends from Fr

47/54 to Fr 70. It is divided into two sections:

- section 16/17 between Fr 47/54 and 64,- section 18 between Fr 64 and 70.

The design of section 16/17 is similar to that of forward fuselage sections.

Skin panels of the lower region have support attachment structures for

the belly fairing rear part. The aft cargo door cutout is located between

Fr 57A and 60 on the RH side of the fuselage. Aft passenger door cutouts

are located between Fr 66 and 68.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 88

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DI000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 93/711

REAR FUSELAGE - GENERAL ARRANGEMENT

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 89

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DI000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 94/711

A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3)

CONE/REAR FUSELAGE

GENERAL ARRANGEMENT

This section is the unpressurized part of the rear fuselage, aft of Fr

70. It has the mounting structure for vertical and horizontal stabilizers

and houses the Auxiliary Power Unit (APU). It is divided into two

main sections:

- section 19 between Fr 70 and 77,

- section 19.1 (tail cone) aft of Fr 77.

Section 19 has chemically milled skins, riveted stringers and frames.

Side skin panels have the horizontal stabilizer cutout. The lower panel

has a door, which gives access to this section where a maintenance

floor is installed.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 90

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DI000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 95/711

CONE/REAR FUSELAGE - GENERAL ARRANGEMENT

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 91

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DI000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 96/711

A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3)

CONE/REAR FUSELAGE (continued)

REAR PRESSURE BULKHEAD

The Fr 70 supports the rear pressure bulkhead, designed as a pressure

diaphragm. It is made of aluminum alloy. The bulkhead is attached

to the inside of the fuselage with a connecting strap, made of aluminum

alloy.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 92

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DI000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 97/711

CONE/REAR FUSELAGE - REAR PRESSURE BULKHEAD

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 93

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DI000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 98/711

A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3)

CONE/REAR FUSELAGE (continued)

VERTICAL STABILIZER ATTACHMENT FITTINGS

The vertical stabilizer spar box attachment fittings are three pairs of 

fail safe yokes, made from forging aluminum alloy. They transmit the

fin loads into the fuselage and are located at Fr 70, 72 and 74. At those

locations, the upper frame segments are made of integrally machined

plates.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 94

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DI000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 99/711

CONE/REAR FUSELAGE - VERTICAL STABILIZER ATTACHMENT FITTINGS

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 95

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DI000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 100/711

A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3)

CONE/REAR FUSELAGE (continued)

THS ATTACHMENT FITTINGS

To house the Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer (THS), there is a large

cutout in the fuselage between Fr 74 and 77. Frame 77 is made of 

integrally machined plates and carries the THS bearing loads with the

vertical link fittings. The side loads are carried through an eye bolt,

linked to:

- the side load fitting on the rear spar of the THS,

- and oblique struts attached to the lower and upper areas of Fr 77.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 96

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DI000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 101/711

CONE/REAR FUSELAGE - THS ATTACHMENT FITTINGS

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 97

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DI000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 102/711

A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3)

CONE/REAR FUSELAGE (continued)

TAIL CONE

The tail cone unit is located aft of Fr 77 and houses the Auxiliary

Power Unit (APU). This section is connected to section 19 by means

of four lugs and one spigot.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 98

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51

DI000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 103/711

CONE/REAR FUSELAGE - TAIL CONE

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 99

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51

DI000000001

PYLONS/NACELLES D/O (3)

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 104/711

PYLONS/NACELLES D/O (3)

GENERAL

The function of the engine pylons installed under each wing is:

- to support the engine,

- to transmit the engine thrust to the aircraft,- to enable the routing and attachment of all the systems connected with

the engine (electrical wiring, hydraulic, bleed air and fuel lines).

The nacelle gives the engine an aerodynamic shape and supports the

thrust reverser system.

Information concerning structure of the nacelle can be found within the

nacelle manufacturer documentation.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

PYLONS/NACELLES D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 100

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51

D3000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 105/711

GENERAL

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

PYLONS/NACELLES D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 101

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51

D3000000001

PYLONS/NACELLES D/O (3)

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 106/711

PYLONS/NACELLES D/O (3)

PYLONS - GENERAL ARRANGEMENT

The pylon has:

- a primary structure attached to the wing and supporting the engine,

- a secondary structure, essentially fairings, housing most of the systems.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

PYLONS/NACELLES D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 102

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51

D3000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 107/711

PYLONS - GENERAL ARRANGEMENT

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

PYLONS/NACELLES D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 103

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51

D3000000001

PYLONS/NACELLES D/O (3)

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 108/711

PYLONS/NACELLES D/O (3)

PYLONS PRIMARY STRUCTURE - PYLON BOX

GENERAL ARRANGEMENT

The pylon box is the primary structure. It supports the engine by two

points and is attached to the wing at three points.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

PYLONS/NACELLES D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 104

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51

D3000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 109/711

PYLONS PRIMARY STRUCTURE - PYLON BOX - GENERAL ARRANGEMENT

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

PYLONS/NACELLES D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 105

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51

D3000000001

PYLONS/NACELLES D/O (3)

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 110/711

PYLONS/NACELLES D/O (3)

PYLONS PRIMARY STRUCTURE - PYLON BOX (continued)

MAIN ASSEMBLY

The pylon box is composed of ribs, two upper spars and one lower

spar, and panels mainly made from steel and titanium alloys.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

PYLONS/NACELLES D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 106

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51

D3000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 111/711

PYLONS PRIMARY STRUCTURE - PYLON BOX - MAIN ASSEMBLY

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

PYLONS/NACELLES D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 107

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51

D3000000001

PYLONS/NACELLES D/O (3)

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 112/711

PYLONS/NACELLES D/O (3)

PYLONS PRIMARY STRUCTURE - PYLON BOX (continued)

PYLON TO WING ATTACHMENT

The forward pylon to wing attach fitting has a double lugged fork 

attachments connected to the wing fitting by means of four shackles.

This fitting located at Rib 4 is made of titanium alloy and carries

vertical loads.

The aft pylon to wing attach fitting has a single fail safe lug connected

to the wing fitting by means of two shackles. This fitting located at

Rib 10 is made of titanium alloy and carries vertical and side loads.

Immediately behind the forward attach fitting a spherical bearing

transmits the thrust to a spigot bolted to the bottom wing skin panel.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

PYLONS/NACELLES D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 108

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51

D3000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 113/711

PYLONS PRIMARY STRUCTURE - PYLON BOX - PYLON TO WING ATTACHMENT

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

PYLONS/NACELLES D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 109

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51

D3000000001

PYLONS/NACELLES D/O (3)

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 114/711

PYLONS/NACELLES D/O (3)

PYLONS PRIMARY STRUCTURE - PYLON BOX (continued)

PYLON TO ENGINE ATTACHMENT

At The forward engine to pylon attach fitting there is a pyramid

attached to the rib and made of steel alloy.

This fitting transmits the engine thrust, side loads and vertical loads.

At The aft engine to pylon attach fitting there is an engine mount

located at Rib 3 for CFM 56-5 engine configuration or at Rib 4 for

IAE V2500 engine configuration. This fitting reacts to vertical loads,

side loads and roll movement.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

PYLONS/NACELLES D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 110

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D3000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 115/711

PYLONS PRIMARY STRUCTURE - PYLON BOX - PYLON TO ENGINE ATTACHMENT

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

PYLONS/NACELLES D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 111

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D3000000001

PYLONS/NACELLES D/O (3)

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 116/711

PYLONS/NACELLES D/O (3)

PYLONS SECONDARY STRUCTURE

GENERAL ARRANGEMENT

The secondary structure is composed of:

- the forward fairing,- the pylon to wing center fillets,

- the aft fairing,

- the lower fairing.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

PYLONS/NACELLES D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 112

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D3000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 117/711

PYLONS SECONDARY STRUCTURE - GENERAL ARRANGEMENT

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

PYLONS/NACELLES D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 113

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D3000000001

PYLONS/NACELLES D/O (3)

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 118/711

( )

PYLONS SECONDARY STRUCTURE (continued)

FORWARD FAIRING

The forward fairing can be divided into two sections; the cantilever

structure between Rib 01 and Rib 05, and the structure between Rib05 and Rib 9.

The cantilever structure gives an aerodynamic contour between the

engine nose cowl and the pylon box structure. It routes all systems

and the bleed air from the engine to the fuselage.

The structure between Rib 05 and Rib 9 gives an aerodynamic contour

between the cantilever structure and the wing leading edge, and enables

the routing of various system lines and electrical wiring.

It includes in particular two pressure relief doors (made from titanium),

which are designed to open in case of hot bleed air duct bursting.

The structure is mainly made of stainless steel alloy.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

PYLONS/NACELLES D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 114

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D3000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 119/711

PYLONS SECONDARY STRUCTURE - FORWARD FAIRING

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

PYLONS/NACELLES D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 115

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D3000000001

PYLONS/NACELLES D/O (3)

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 120/711

( )

PYLONS SECONDARY STRUCTURE (continued)

PYLON TO WING CENTER FILLETS

The pylon to wing center fillets give an aerodynamic contour between

the pylon box and the wing bottom skin panel.The pylon-to-wing center fillets are made of aluminum alloy ribs.

These ribs support the panels made of hybrid Carbon Fiber Reinforced

Plastic (CFRP)/Aramid Fiber Reinforced Plastic (AFRP) sandwich

construction.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

PYLONS/NACELLES D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 116

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D3000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 121/711

PYLONS SECONDARY STRUCTURE - PYLON TO WING CENTER FILLETS

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

PYLONS/NACELLES D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 117

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D3000000001

PYLONS/NACELLES D/O (3)

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 122/711

PYLONS SECONDARY STRUCTURE (continued)

AFT FAIRING

The aft fairing is a removable secondary structure composed of two

parts:- a fixed fairing located at the rear of the pylon box,

- a movable fairing underneath the flap.

The fixed fairing is attached by two points to the pylon box at Rib 10

and by one point to the wing box at the false rear spar.

The fixed fairing is assembled of ribs and skin panels made of 

aluminum alloy, and includes a lower aft fairing made in AFRP

sandwich construction.

The movable fairing is hinged at Rib 14 and linked to the flap by a

rod attached to the fairing by a serrated plate system.

The internal structure of the movable fairing is mainly made of aluminum alloy. The side panels are made in CFRP or AFRP sandwich

construction.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

PYLONS/NACELLES D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 118

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D3000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 123/711

PYLONS SECONDARY STRUCTURE - AFT FAIRING

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

PYLONS/NACELLES D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 119

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D3000000001

PYLONS/NACELLES D/O (3)

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 124/711

PYLONS SECONDARY STRUCTURE (continued)

LOWER FAIRING

A fairing located under the pylon box (lower fairing) makes sure there

is a continuity of the aerodynamic profile between the pylon box andthe engine nozzle.

Its function is:

- to supply thermal protection to the pylon from the engine exhaust

gases,

- to smooth out protrusions with minimal aerodynamic drag changes.

The lower fairing is made of stainless steel alloy sheet except for the

bottom removable sole which is made of inconel 625 alloy.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

PYLONS/NACELLES D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 120

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D3000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 125/711

PYLONS SECONDARY STRUCTURE - LOWER FAIRING

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

PYLONS/NACELLES D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 121

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM5

1D3000000001

PYLONS/NACELLES D/O (3)

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 126/711

PYLON TO NACELLE JUNCTION

The pylon to nacelle junction has:

- Fan cowl door attachments.

The hinge fittings of the fan cowl doors are located at Rib 01, Rib 03 andRib 05. They are made of titanium and installed on the forward secondary

structure.

- Thrust reverser doors attachments

The hinge fittings of the thrust reverser doors are located at Rib 1 and

Rib 2. They are made of titanium and installed on the primary structure

(pylon box). An other hinge (tie-bar) goes through the secondary structure.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

PYLONS/NACELLES D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 122

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM5

1D3000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 127/711

PYLON TO NACELLE JUNCTION

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

PYLONS/NACELLES D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 123

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM5

1D3000000001

PYLONS/NACELLES D/O (3)

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 128/711

NACELLES - GENERAL

The nacelle cowling includes the inlet cowl, the fan cowl, the thrust

reverser and the exhaust nozzle.

There are two types of engine: CFM and IAE.The IAE nacelle is installed with a Common Nozzle Assembly (CNA).

The nacelles are under the responsibility of engine manufacturers.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

PYLONS/NACELLES D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 124

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM5

1D3000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 129/711

NACELLES - GENERAL

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

PYLONS/NACELLES D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 125

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM5

1D3000000001

STABILIZERS D/O (3)

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 130/711

STABILIZERS - GENERAL ARRANGEMENT

Stabilizers are composed of: Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer (THS),

elevators, the vertical stabilizer and rudder.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

STABILIZERS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 126

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM5

1D4000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 131/711

STABILIZERS - GENERAL ARRANGEMENT

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

STABILIZERS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 127

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM5

1D4000000001

STABILIZERS D/O (3)

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 132/711

TRIMMABLE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER (THS)

GENERAL ARRANGEMENT

The THS main structure has:

- the spar boxes (Center, Left Hand (LH) and Right Hand (RH) sides),- the leading edge,

- the trailing edge,

- the attachment fittings.

The spar boxes are the primary structure of the horizontal stabilizer

and support all the other components.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

STABILIZERS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 128

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM5

1D4000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 133/711

TRIMMABLE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER (THS) - GENERAL ARRANGEMENT

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

STABILIZERS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 129

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM5

1D4000000001

STABILIZERS D/O (3)

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 134/711

TRIMMABLE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER (THS)

(continued)

SPAR BOXES

The complete spar box assembly has the LH and RH boxes and thecenter joint.

Each spar box includes top and bottom skin panels, a front spar, a rear

spar and thirteen ribs (from Rib 2 thru Rib 14).

The LH and RH spar boxes are laminated in Carbon Fiber Reinforced

Plastic (CFRP).

The center joint is made from titanium and connects the LH and RH

spar boxes to make one single unit.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

STABILIZERS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 130

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM5

1D4000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 135/711

TRIMMABLE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER (THS) - SPAR BOXES

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

STABILIZERS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 131

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM5

1D4000000001

STABILIZERS D/O (3)

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 136/711

TRIMMABLE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER (THS)

(continued)

MAIN SUPPORT FITTINGS

A hydromechanical actuator enables the adjustment of the angle of incidence of the THS. The actuator is connected to a dual fitting (front

spar fitting) at the forward end of Rib 1, by means of hinge arms.

The THS is attached to the cone rear fuselage structure at two pivot

points (rear support fittings). They are installed on each side of the

THS centerline at Rib 3. All fittings are made of CFRP.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

STABILIZERS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 132

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM5

1D4000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 137/711

TRIMMABLE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER (THS) - MAIN SUPPORT FITTINGS

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

STABILIZERS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 133

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D4000000001

STABILIZERS D/O (3)

TRIMMABLE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER (THS)

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 138/711

TRIMMABLE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER (THS)

(continued)

ELEVATOR ATTACHMENT FITTINGS

Each rear spar bears six elevator hinge arms and two fittings for theattachment of the elevator servocontrol actuators.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

STABILIZERS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 134

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D4000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 139/711

TRIMMABLE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER (THS) - ELEVATOR ATTACHMENT FITTINGS

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

STABILIZERS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 135

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D4000000001

STABILIZERS D/O (3)

TRIMMABLE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER (THS)

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 140/711

TRIMMABLE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER (THS)

(continued)

LEADING EDGE

The leading edge has an aerodynamic shape at the front of the THS.On each side of the THS centerline, the THS leading edge includes:

- three leading edge primary ribs,

- one inboard leading edge section,

- one outboard leading edge section and,

- one leading edge intersection.

All components are laminated in CFRP.

The front part of the inboard and outboard leading edge sections has

a stainless steel protection, bonded to the leading edge.

The leading edge intersection is fitted to Rib 1 and to the spar box. A

rubber strip is fitted to the intersection. It seals the gap between the

fuselage skin and the leading edge intersection.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

STABILIZERS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 136

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D4000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 141/711

TRIMMABLE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER (THS) - LEADING EDGE

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

STABILIZERS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 137

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D4000000001

STABILIZERS D/O (3)

TRIMMABLE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER (THS)

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 142/711

TRIMMABLE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER (THS)

(continued)

TIP

The tips of the THS are the LH and RH outer fairings. The tips aremade of aluminum alloy and include rib and skin panels. The tips are

attached to the leading edge rib 25 and to the upper and lower shells

of the spar box.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

STABILIZERS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 138

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D4000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 143/711

TRIMMABLE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER (THS) - TIP

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

STABILIZERS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 139

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D4000000001

STABILIZERS D/O (3)

TRIMMABLE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER (THS)

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 144/711

TRIMMABLE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER (THS)

(continued)

TRAILING EDGE

The trailing edge shapes an aerodynamic surface between the THSspar box and the elevator.

On each side of the THS centerline, the trailing edge panels are

supported by six intermediate ribs, and by the six hinge elevator arm

supports.

The access panels are laminated in CFRP bonded to a honeycomb

core.

On each side there are four panel assemblies on the top surface and

four access panels on the bottom surface. A rubber seal is installed

between the panel assemblies and the access panels along the trailing

edges to prevent dirtiness.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

STABILIZERS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 140

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D4000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 145/711

TRIMMABLE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER (THS) - TRAILING EDGE

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

STABILIZERS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 141

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D4000000001

STABILIZERS D/O (3)

ELEVATORS - STRUCTURE LAYOUT

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 146/711

ELEVATORS STRUCTURE LAYOUT

The structure of each elevator includes:

- a front spar,

- top and bottom skin panels,

- four ribs.

All components are laminated in CFRP; the top and bottom panels are

made in sandwich construction.

Rivets attach an aluminum profile to the trailing edge to make the trailing

edge stronger.

Six hinge fittings attach each elevator to the spar box of the THS. Two

fittings attach the servo control units. You can remove the leading edge

access panels, the tips and the inboard end caps.

Each elevator has three hoisting points and four static dischargers.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

STABILIZERS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 142

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D4000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 147/711

ELEVATORS - STRUCTURE LAYOUT

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

STABILIZERS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 143

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D4000000001

STABILIZERS D/O (3)

VERTICAL STABILIZER

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 148/711

VERTICAL STABILIZER

GENERAL ARRANGEMENT

The vertical stabilizer is attached to the top of the rear fuselage. It

supports the rudder, which is operated by three servo control units.The High Frequency (HF) antenna and the Very high frequency

Omnibearing Range (VOR) antenna are also attached to it.

The main components of the vertical stabilizer are:

- the spar box,

- the leading edge,

- the trailing edge,

- the tip,

- the attach fittings.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

STABILIZERS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 144

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM

51D4000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 149/711

VERTICAL STABILIZER - GENERAL ARRANGEMENT

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

STABILIZERS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 145

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM

51D4000000001

STABILIZERS D/O (3)

VERTICAL STABILIZER (continued)

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 150/711

( )

SPAR BOX - STRUCTURE LAYOUT

The spar box is the primary structural component of the vertical

stabilizer.All the other components of the vertical stabilizer are attached to it.

The spar box has a front, a center and a rear spar, ribs and two side

panels with stiffeners, all laminated in CFRP.

Three pairs of main attach fittings made of CFRP attach the spar box

to the fuselage.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

STABILIZERS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 146

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM

51D4000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 151/711

VERTICAL STABILIZER - SPAR BOX - STRUCTURE LAYOUT

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

STABILIZERS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 147

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM

51D4000000001

STABILIZERS D/O (3)

VERTICAL STABILIZER (continued)

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 152/711

SPAR BOX - STRUCTURE LAYOUT (CONT'D)

The seven rudder hinge arms and the three actuator hinge fittings are

made from aluminum alloy and are attached to the spar box rear spar.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

STABILIZERS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 148

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM

51D4000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 153/711

VERTICAL STABILIZER - SPAR BOX - STRUCTURE LAYOUT (CONT'D)

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

STABILIZERS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 149

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM

51D4000000001

STABILIZERS D/O (3)

VERTICAL STABILIZER (continued)

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 154/711

LEADING EDGE

The vertical stabilizer leading edge has three removable sections.

They are attached to the forward edge of the spar box side panels andto the leading edge ribs. The lower section gives access to the HF

antenna (see ATA 53 fuselage description for the lower section).

The three sections give an aerodynamic shape to the front of the

vertical stabilizer.

The three sections are laminated in Glass Fiber Reinforced Plastic

(GFRP) bonded to a honeycomb core. A stainless steel cover is bonded

to the inner surfaces of the sections and protects them against hail and

bird impact damage.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

STABILIZERS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 150

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM

51D4000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 155/711

VERTICAL STABILIZER - LEADING EDGE

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

STABILIZERS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 151

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM

51D4000000001

STABILIZERS D/O (3)

VERTICAL STABILIZER (continued)

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 156/711

TIP - STRUCTURE LAYOUT

The vertical stabilizer tip is laminated in GFRP bonded to a

honeycomb core. It is attached to the leading edge end rib and thestabilizer spar box. An aluminum lightning strike protection strap is

bonded along the top of the tip.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

STABILIZERS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 152

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM

51D4000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 157/711

VERTICAL STABILIZER - TIP - STRUCTURE LAYOUT

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

STABILIZERS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 153

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM

51D4000000001

STABILIZERS D/O (3)

VERTICAL STABILIZER (continued)

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 158/711

TRAILING EDGE

The trailing edge is attached to the rear of the vertical stabilizer.

It has a basic aluminum alloy supporting structure made of sparsections and profiles, and four access panels on each side. The panels

give access to the rudder servo control actuators and the hinge arms.

The panels are laminated in CFRP and GFRP bonded to a honeycomb

core.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

STABILIZERS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 154

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM

51D4000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 159/711

VERTICAL STABILIZER - TRAILING EDGE

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

STABILIZERS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 155

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM

51D4000000001

STABILIZERS D/O (3)

RUDDER

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 160/711

GENERAL ARRANGEMENT

The rudder is one of the primary flight controls of the aircraft.

The components of the rudder are:- the main structure,

- the leading edge,

- the tip,

- the hinge and actuator fittings.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

STABILIZERS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 156

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM

51D4000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 161/711

RUDDER - GENERAL ARRANGEMENT

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

STABILIZERS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 157

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM

51D4000000001

STABILIZERS D/O (3)

RUDDER (continued)

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 162/711

STRUCTURE LAYOUT

The rudder main structure is the primary structural component of the

rudder.It is an assembly of two CFRP sandwich panels, CFRP laminates front

spar, top and bottom closing ribs.

An access panel, installed on the left hand side shell, gives access to

the No. 7 rudder hinge fittings. At the other locations, cutouts in the

side shells give access to the adjacent hinge fittings.

Three actuators and seven rudder hinge fittings are attached to the

forward face of the rudder main structure, and rivets attach them to

the spar and to the skin panels.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

STABILIZERS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 158

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM

51D4000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 163/711

RUDDER - STRUCTURE LAYOUT

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

STABILIZERS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 159

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM

51D4000000001

A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3)

STABILIZERS

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 164/711

GENERAL ARRANGEMENT

Stabilizers are composed of the Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer

(THS), the elevators, the vertical stabilizer and the rudder.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 160

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM

51DK000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 165/711

STABILIZERS - GENERAL ARRANGEMENT

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 161

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM

51DK000000001

A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3)

TRIMMABLE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER (THS)

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 166/711

GENERAL ARRANGEMENT

The THS main structure has the LH and RH side spar boxes, the

leading edge, the trailing edge, the THS tip and the attachment fittings.The spar boxes are the primary structure of the horizontal stabilizer

and support all the other components.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 162

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM

51DK000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 167/711

TRIMMABLE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER (THS) - GENERAL ARRANGEMENT

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 163

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM

51DK000000001

A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3)

TRIMMABLE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER (THS)

(continued)

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 168/711

( )

SPAR BOXES

The complete spar box assembly has the LH and RH spar boxes joinedtogether with a center joint to make one single unit. Each spar box

includes top and bottom skin panels, a front spar, a rear spar and

thirteen ribs (from Rib 2 to Rib 14), all parts being laminated in Carbon

Fiber Reinforced Plastic (CFRP).

The center joint includes a web (Rib 1) made of CFRP and upper and

lower fittings made of titanium.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 164

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM

51DK000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 169/711

TRIMMABLE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER (THS) - SPAR BOXES

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 165

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM

51DK000000001

A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3)

TRIMMABLE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER (THS)

(continued)

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 170/711

MAIN SUPPORT FITTINGS

The front spar joint at Rib 1 made of CFRP supports the trim actuatorhinge arms.

The THS is attached to the cone/rear fuselage at Rib 3.

On each spar box side, the attachment fittings include a THS rear

support fitting of fail safe design with a lower and upper support

fittings, and a side load fitting. All fittings are made of CFRP except

the side load fitting made of aluminum alloy.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 166

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM

51DK000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 171/711

TRIMMABLE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER (THS) - MAIN SUPPORT FITTINGS

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 167

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM

51DK000000001

A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3)

TRIMMABLE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER (THS)

(continued)

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 172/711

ELEVATOR ATTACHMENT FITTINGS

On each THS box, the rear spar bears:- six hinge arms, made of CFRP, for the attachment of the elevator,

- two fittings, made of CFRP, for the attachment of the elevator servo

control actuators.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 168

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM

51DK000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 173/711

TRIMMABLE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER (THS) - ELEVATOR ATTACHMENT FITTINGS

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 169

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM

51DK000000001

A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3)

TRIMMABLE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER (THS)

(continued)

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 174/711

LEADING EDGE

At the front of the THS, the leading edge gives an aerodynamic shape.On each side of the THS centerline, the THS leading edge includes:

three leading edge primary ribs, one inboard leading edge section,

one outboard leading edge section and one leading edge intersection.

All components are laminated in CFRP.

The front part of the inboard and outboard leading edge sections has

a stainless steel protection; it is bonded to the leading edge.

The leading edge intersection is attached to Rib 1 and to the spar box.

A rubber strip is installed at the intersection, it seals the gap between

the fuselage skin and the intersection.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 170

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM

51DK000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 175/711

TRIMMABLE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER (THS) - LEADING EDGE

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 171

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM

51DK000000001

A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3)

TRIMMABLE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER (THS)

(continued)

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 176/711

TIP

The tips of the THS are the LH and RH outer fairings. The tips are

attached to the leading edge Rib 25 and to the top and bottom skin

panels of the spar box. The tips are made from aluminum alloy.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 172

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM

51DK000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 177/711

TRIMMABLE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER (THS) - TIP

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 173

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DK000000001

A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3)

TRIMMABLE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER (THS)

(continued)

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 178/711

TRAILING EDGE

The trailing edge has an aerodynamic surface between the THS spar

box and the elevator.

On each side of the THS centerline, the trailing edge panels are

supported by six intermediate ribs, and by seven hinge arm supports.

The panels are laminated in CFRP bonded to a honeycomb core.

On each side there are four panel assemblies on the top surface and

four access panels on the bottom surface. A rubber seal is installed

between the panel assemblies and the access panels along the trailing

edges to prevent dirtiness.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 174

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DK000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 179/711

TRIMMABLE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER (THS) - TRAILING EDGE

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 175

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DK000000001

A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3)

ELEVATORS

STRUCTURE LAYOUT

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 180/711

The structure of each elevator has a front spar, a top and a bottom

skin panel and four ribs.

All components are laminated in CFRP.

Six hinge fittings attach each elevator to the spar box of the THS and

two fittings attach the servo control units. You can remove the leading

edge access panels, the tips and the inboard end caps. Each elevator

has three hoisting points and four static dischargers.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 176

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DK000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 181/711

ELEVATORS - STRUCTURE LAYOUT

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 177

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DK000000001

A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3)

VERTICAL STABILIZER

GENERAL ARRANGEMENT

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 182/711

The vertical stabilizer is attached to the top of the rear fuselage. It

supports the rudder, which is operated by three servo control units.

The High Frequency (HF) antenna and the Very high frequency

Omnibearing Range (VOR) antenna are also attached to it.

The main components of the vertical stabilizer are:

- the spar box,

- the leading edge,

- the trailing edge,

- the tip,

- the attach fittings.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 178

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DK000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 183/711

VERTICAL STABILIZER - GENERAL ARRANGEMENT

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 179

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DK000000001

A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3)

VERTICAL STABILIZER (continued)

STRUCTURE LAYOUT

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 184/711

The spar box is the primary structural component of the vertical

stabilizer.

All the other components of the vertical stabilizer are attached to it.

The spar box has: a front, a center and a rear spar, ribs and side panels

with integrated stiffeners, all laminated in CFRP.

Three pairs of primary attach fittings made of CFRP attach the spar

box to the fuselage.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 180

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DK000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 185/711

VERTICAL STABILIZER - STRUCTURE LAYOUT

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 181

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DK000000001

A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3)

VERTICAL STABILIZER (continued)

SPAR BOX - STRUCTURE LAYOUT (CONT'D)

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 186/711

The seven rudder hinge arms and the three actuator hinge fittings are

made from aluminum alloy and are attached to the spar box rear spar.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 182

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DK000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 187/711

VERTICAL STABILIZER - SPAR BOX - STRUCTURE LAYOUT (CONT'D)

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 183

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DK000000001

A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3)

VERTICAL STABILIZER (continued)

LEADING EDGE

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 188/711

The vertical stabilizer leading edge has four removable sections. They

are attached to the forward edge of the spar box side panels and to the

leading edge ribs. The lower section gives access to the High

Frequency (HF) antenna.

The four sections give an aerodynamic shape to the front of the vertical

stabilizer.

The four sections are laminated in Glass Fiber Reinforced Plastic

(GFRP) bonded to a honeycomb core. A protective foil is bonded to

the inner surfaces of the sections and protects them against hail and

bird impact damage.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 184

U3U06191-U15T1M0-U

M51DK000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 189/711

VERTICAL STABILIZER - LEADING EDGE

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 185

U3U06191-U15T1M0-U

M51DK000000001

A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3)

VERTICAL STABILIZER (continued)

TIP - STRUCTURE LAYOUT

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 190/711

The vertical stabilizer tip is laminated in GFRP bonded to a

honeycomb core. It is attached to the leading edge end rib and the

stabilizer spar box. An aluminum strap is bonded along the top of the

tip for lightning strike protection.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 186

U3U06191-U15T1M0-U

M51DK000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 191/711

VERTICAL STABILIZER - TIP - STRUCTURE LAYOUT

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 187

U3U06191-U15T1M0-U

M51DK000000001

A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3)

VERTICAL STABILIZER (continued)

TRAILING EDGE

Th t ili d i tt h d t th f th ti l t bili

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 192/711

The trailing edge is attached to the rear of the vertical stabilizer.

It has a basic aluminum alloy supporting structure made of spar

sections and profiles and four access panels installed on each side.The panels give access to the rudder hydraulics, the servo controls,

the control rods and the hinge arms.

The access panels are made of CFRP and GFRP laminations bonded

to a honeycomb core.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 188

U3U06191-U15T1M0-U

M51DK000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 193/711

VERTICAL STABILIZER - TRAILING EDGE

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 189

U3U06191-U15T1M0-U

M51DK000000001

A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3)

RUDDER

GENERAL ARRANGEMENT

The rudder is one of the primary flight controls of the aircraft

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 194/711

The rudder is one of the primary flight controls of the aircraft.

The main components of the rudder are:

- the main structure,- the leading edge,

- the tip,

- the hinge fittings and the actuator fittings.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 190

U3U06191-U15T1M0-U

M51DK000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 195/711

RUDDER - GENERAL ARRANGEMENT

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 191

U3U06191-U15T1M0-U

M51DK000000001

A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3)

RUDDER (continued)

STRUCTURE LAYOUT

The rudder main structure is the primary structural component of the

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 196/711

The rudder main structure is the primary structural component of the

rudder.

It has an assembly of two side skin panels, a front spar, a bottomclosing rib and a top closing rib. All components of the rudder main

structure are laminated in CFRP and are attached to the rudder main

structure.

Seven rudder hinge fittings and three actuator fittings are installed on

the front spar of the rudder (all fittings are made from aluminum alloy).

An aluminum profile is installed on the trailing edge of the rudder for

lightning strike protection.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 192

U3U06191-U15T1M0-U

M51DK000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 197/711

RUDDER - STRUCTURE LAYOUT

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 193

U3U06191-U15T1M0-U

M51DK000000001

WINDOWS D/O (3)

GENERAL

The windows are installed in:

- the cockpit,

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 198/711

- the cabin,

- the doors.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

WINDOWS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 194

U3U06191-U15T1M0-U

M51D5000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 199/711

GENERAL

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

WINDOWS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 195

U3U06191-U15T1M0-U

M51D5000000001

WINDOWS D/O (3)

COCKPIT WINDOWS

GENERAL ARRANGEMENT

There are two types of windows:

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 200/711

w yp w w

- the fixed windows,

- the sliding windows.The fixed windows are described as follows:

There are four fixed windows installed in the cockpit.

- two windshields,

- two fixed side windows.

The left and right windows are symmetrical.

These windows are mounted in a frame and can be removed and

installed from the exterior.

The sliding windows are installed as follows:

- on a mobile frame with a mechanism controlled from the cockpit.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

WINDOWS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 196

U3U06191-U15T1M0-U

M51D5000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 201/711

COCKPIT WINDOWS - GENERAL ARRANGEMENT

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

WINDOWS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 197

U3U06191-U15T1M0-U

M51D5000000001

WINDOWS D/O (3)

COCKPIT WINDOWS (continued)

WINSHIELDS STRUCTURE

The windshield panels are made of several layers of different materials

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 202/711

p y

depending on the windows supplier (LUCAS-ACT, PPG, SPS), and

are interchangeable. They are held by three retainers bolted onto theouter surface of the frame. They are installed with an anti-icing and

defogging system.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

WINDOWS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 198

U3U06191-U15T1M0-U

M51D5000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 203/711

COCKPIT WINDOWS - WINSHIELDS STRUCTURE

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

WINDOWS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 199

U3U06191-U15T1M0-U

M51D5000000001

WINDOWS D/O (3)

COCKPIT WINDOWS (continued)

FIXED SIDE WINDOWS

The fixed side windows have of two layers of different materials

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 204/711

depending on the windows supplier (LUCAS-ACT, PPG, SPS), and

are interchangeable. They are held by retainers bolted onto the innersurface of the frame. They are installed with an integral anti - icing

and defogging system.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

WINDOWS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 200

U3U06191-U15T1M0-U

M51D5000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 205/711

COCKPIT WINDOWS - FIXED SIDE WINDOWS

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

WINDOWS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 201

U3U06191-U15T1M0-U

M51D5000000001

WINDOWS D/O (3)

COCKPIT WINDOWS (continued)

SLIDING WINDOWS

The sliding windows have several layers of different materials

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 206/711

depending on the windows supplier (LUCAS-ACT, PPG, SPS), and

are interchangeable. Each panel has an anti-icing and defoggingsystem. The sliding windows are installed on a mobile frame, which

is controlled from the cockpit, and the crew can use them as emergency

exits.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

WINDOWS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 202

U3U06191-U15T1M0-U

M51D5000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 207/711

COCKPIT WINDOWS - SLIDING WINDOWS

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

WINDOWS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 203

U3U06191-U15T1M0-U

M51D5000000001

WINDOWS D/O (3)

CABIN WINDOWS

GENERAL ARRANGEMENT

The windows are installed in frames and make a smooth surface with

h f l ki

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 208/711

the fuselage skin.

The cabin windows are installed and removed from the inside of theaircraft.

The windows have a circular seal, inner and outer panes made of 

stretched acrylic resin held together by a retainer ring, and eye bolts.

A vent hole in the inner pane lets the cabin pressure maintained in the

window.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

WINDOWS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 204

U3U06191-U15T1M0-U

M51D5000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 209/711

CABIN WINDOWS - GENERAL ARRANGEMENT

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

WINDOWS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 205

U3U06191-U15T1M0-U

M51D5000000001

WINDOWS D/O (3)

DOOR WINDOWS

STRUCTURE LAYOUT

The passenger/crew doors and emergency exit doors have a circular

i d Th d f i ti d b ti i d t

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 210/711

window. They are used for inspection and observation in order to

check if the cabin is pressurized and the escape slide is armed.The windows have a circular seal, inner and outer panes made of 

stretched acrylic, held together by a retainer ring. A vent hole in the

inner pane lets the cabin pressure maintained in the window.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

WINDOWS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 206

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D5000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 211/711

DOOR WINDOWS - STRUCTURE LAYOUT

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

WINDOWS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 207

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D5000000001

WINGS D/O (3)

GENERAL

The aircraft wing is in the continuity of the structure going through the

fuselage which is divided into three parts:

- the center wing box,

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 212/711

g ,

- the left outer wing and,- the right outer wing.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

WINGS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 208

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D6000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 213/711

GENERAL

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

WINGS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 209

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D6000000001

WINGS D/O (3)

CENTER WING BOX

GENERAL ARRANGEMENT

The center wing is installed in the center fuselage between the main

frames (Fr) 36 and 42 to make an integral fuel tank

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 214/711

frames (Fr) 36 and 42 to make an integral fuel tank.

The center wing box structure has:- the front and the rear spars respectively located at Fr 36 and 42,

- top and bottom skin panels,

- the two main frames 36 and 42,

- internal spanwise lattice ribs,

- the left rib 1 and the right rib 1.

The junction between the center wing box and the outer wings is done

at the left hand and right hand sides rib 1.

The access for maintenance to the center wing box is done through

two triangular openings in the rear spar.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

WINGS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 210

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D6000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 215/711

CENTER WING BOX - GENERAL ARRANGEMENT

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

WINGS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 211

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D6000000001

WINGS D/O (3)

CENTER WING BOX (continued)

WING ROOT JOINT

An upper cruciform fitting and a lower triform fitting ensure the

junction between the center wing box and the outer wing box.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 216/711

 junction between the center wing box and the outer wing box.

The upper cruciform fitting makes the junction between the centerwing box top skin panels, the outer wing box top skin panels, fuselage

and Rib 1.

The lower triform fitting and a safety butt-strap fitting make the

 junction between the center wing box bottom skin panels, the outer

wing box bottom skin panels and Rib 1.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

WINGS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 212

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D6000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 217/711

CENTER WING BOX - WING ROOT JOINT

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

WINGS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 213

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D6000000001

WINGS D/O (3)

OUTER WING

GENERAL ARRANGEMENT

Each outer wing has:

- a main structure (outer wing box),

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 218/711

( g ),

- a wing tip,- a leading edge and leading edge devices,

- a trailing edge and trailing edge devices.

The trailing edge control surfaces are:

- the inboard flap,

- the outboard flap,

- the two ailerons,

- the six spoilers.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

WINGS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 214

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D6000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 219/711

OUTER WING - GENERAL ARRANGEMENT

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

WINGS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 215

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D6000000001

WINGS D/O (3)

OUTER WING BOX

GENERAL ARRANGEMENT

The outer wing box tapers from Rib 1 (the wing root) to Rib 27 hold:

- the wing spars (front and rear),

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 220/711

- the ribs,- the top and bottom skin panels,

- the top and bottom stringers,

- the wing-root joint.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

WINGS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 216

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D6000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 221/711

OUTER WING BOX - GENERAL ARRANGEMENT

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

WINGS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 217

U3U06191-U15T1M0-

UM51D6000000001

WINGS D/O (3)

OUTER WING BOX (continued)

SKIN PANELS

The top and the bottom surfaces of the outer wing box are made of 

skin panels machined from aluminum alloy.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 222/711

There are three panels on each surface. The skin panels are stiffenedby stringers machined in aluminum alloy extrusions.

The joints between panels are aluminum alloy butt straps.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

WINGS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 218

U3U06191-U15T1M0-

UM51D6000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 223/711

OUTER WING BOX - SKIN PANELS

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

WINGS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 219

U3U06191-U15T1M0-

UM51D6000000001

WINGS D/O (3)

OUTER WING BOX (continued)

RIBS & SPARS

Ribs:

There are 27 ribs, machined in aluminum alloy, installed in the outer

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 224/711

wing box of each outer wing. Each rib is continuous between the frontand rear spars. The junction between the center wing box and the outer

wing joint is at Rib 1. Rib 1 is the boundary of the lateral section of 

the center wing box. Ribs 22 and 27 make the other lateral boundaries

of the fuel and vent tanks.

Spars:

The wing spars are machined in aluminum alloy. They give strength

to the wing box and they extend from Rib 1 to Rib 27.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

WINGS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 220

U3U06191-U15T1M0-

UM51D6000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 225/711

OUTER WING BOX - RIBS & SPARS

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

WINGS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 221

U3U06191-U15T1M0-

UM51D6000000001

WINGS D/O (3)

OUTER WING BOX (continued)

ACCESS HOLES/COVERS

There are twenty-one access covers installed in the bottom skin panels

of the outer wing box. All panels close the openings that give access

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 226/711

to the outer wing box.There are:

- seven non load-carrying access panels between Rib 1 and Rib 13,

clamped on the wing skin,

- fourteen load-carrying access panels between Rib 14 and Rib 27,

bolted through the skin panel.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

WINGS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 222

U3U06191-U15T1M0-

UM51D6000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 227/711

OUTER WING BOX - ACCESS HOLES/COVERS

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

WINGS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 223

U3U06191-U15T1M0-

UM51D6000000001

WINGS D/O (3)

FIXED LEADING EDGE

GENERAL ARRANGEMENT

The fixed Leading Edge (LE) assembly is located forward of the front

spar of the wing-box.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 228/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

WINGS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 224

U3U06191-U15T1M0-

UM51D6000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 229/711

FIXED LEADING EDGE - GENERAL ARRANGEMENT

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

WINGS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 225

U3U06191-U15T1M0-

UM51D6000000001

WINGS D/O (3)

FIXED LEADING EDGE (continued)

STRUCTURE LAYOUT (1/2)

The fixed leading edge assembly is made of:

- the D-nose assembly, composed of aluminum alloy parts:

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 230/711

- the support ribs and riblets (riblets are installed between the wingbox front spar and the LE spar),

- the sub spar,

- the LE skin.

- three top surface access panels,

- bottom surface access panels, which are made of Carbon Fiber

Reinforced Plastic (CFRP) sandwich construction and are attached

with quick release fasteners.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

WINGS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 226

U3U06191-U15T1M0-

UM51D6000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 231/711

FIXED LEADING EDGE - STRUCTURE LAYOUT (1/2)

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

WINGS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 227

U3U06191-U15T1M0-

UM51D6000000001

WINGS D/O (3)

FIXED LEADING EDGE (continued)

STRUCTURE LAYOUT (2/2)

Two pylon ribs are installed on each side of the engine pylon. These

ribs hold the pylon shroud panels.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 232/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

WINGS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 228

U3U06191-U15T1M0-

UM51D6000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 233/711

FIXED LEADING EDGE - STRUCTURE LAYOUT (2/2)

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

WINGS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 229

U3U06191-U15T1M0-

UM51D6000000001

WINGS D/O (3)

SLATS

GENERAL ARRANGEMENT

The wing leading edge is fitted of five slats, which make the movable

part of the wing leading edge.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 234/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

WINGS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 230

U3U06191-U15T1M0-

UM51D6000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 235/711

SLATS - GENERAL ARRANGEMENT

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

WINGS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 231

U3U06191-U15T1M0-

UM51D6000000001

WINGS D/O (3)

SLATS (continued)

STRUCTURE LAYOUT (1/2)

Each slat has:

- a front spar or the stringers (girders),

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 236/711

- a rear spar,- a girder

- ribs,

- top and bottom skin panels,

- a trailing edge assembly.

Slat 1 is supported by 4 tracks, two of them being driven (track 2 and

3).

Slats 2 to 5 are supported by two tracks, both being driven.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

WINGS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 232

U3U06191-U15T1M0-

UM51D6000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 237/711

SLATS - STRUCTURE LAYOUT (1/2)

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

WINGS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 233

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D6000000001

WINGS D/O (3)

SLATS (continued)

STRUCTURE LAYOUT (2/2)

When the slats are in retracted position, seals prevent airflow between

the slat and the wing.

Sl t 3 t 5 d i d th h t i f th bl d i t

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 238/711

Slats 3 to 5 are de-iced; the hot air comes from the bleed air systemand is supplied to these slats through a telescopic duct (not shown)

and piccolo tubes installed in the leading edges of the slats.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

WINGS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 234

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D6000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 239/711

SLATS - STRUCTURE LAYOUT (2/2)

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

WINGS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 235

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D6000000001

WINGS D/O (3)

FIXED TRAILING EDGE

STRUCTURE LAYOUT

The fixed trailing edge is located aft of the wing rear spar.

Its structure has:

an overwing panel and an under wing panel

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 240/711

- an overwing panel and an under wing panel,- a shroud box and a fixed shroud,

- a false rear spar,

- a main landing gear attachment,

- structures support for the trailing edge control surfaces,

- access panels.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

WINGS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 236

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D6000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 241/711

FIXED TRAILING EDGE - STRUCTURE LAYOUT

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

WINGS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 237

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D6000000001

WINGS D/O (3)

FIXED TRAILING EDGE (continued)

STRUCTURE LAYOUT (CONT'D)

This page deals with the fixed trailing edge inner structure.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 242/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

WINGS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 238

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D6000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 243/711

FIXED TRAILING EDGE - STRUCTURE LAYOUT (CONT'D)

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

WINGS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 239

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D6000000001

WINGS D/O (3)

TRAILING EDGE DEVICES

GENERAL ARRANGEMENT

The trailing edge devices are:

- two flaps,

- one aileron,

fi il

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 244/711

- five spoilers.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

WINGS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 240

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D6000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 245/711

TRAILING EDGE DEVICES - GENERAL ARRANGEMENT

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

WINGS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 241

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D6000000001

WINGS D/O (3)

TRAILING EDGE DEVICES (continued)

FLAPS GENERAL ARRANGEMENT

Two flaps are installed on the TE of the outer wing. The inboard flap

is installed between Rib 1 and Rib 9 and the outboard flap is installed

between Ribs 9 and 20.

The flaps are connected to each other through an interconnection strut

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 246/711

The flaps are connected to each other through an interconnection strut.

In case of a drive station failure, this device carries the loads, which

result in such failure.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

WINGS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 242

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D6000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 247/711

TRAILING EDGE DEVICES - FLAPS GENERAL ARRANGEMENT

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

WINGS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 243

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D6000000001

WINGS D/O (3)

TRAILING EDGE DEVICES (continued)

INBOARD FLAP STRUCTURE - A318-A319-A320

The inboard flap is supported and driven by a fuselage track and

carriage at track 1 and a wing track carriage at track 2.

The inboard flap has:

- a leading edge with CFRP skin

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 248/711

- a leading edge with CFRP skin,

- a flap box with:

- skin panels and integrated stringers made of CFRP,

- track ribs and end ribs, made of aluminum alloy,

- other ribs made of aluminum alloy on the A318 and A319, and made

of CFRP or aluminum alloy on the A320,

- spars made of aluminum alloy on the A318 and A319, and made of 

CFRP or aluminum alloy on the A320.

- a trailing edge made in an aluminum alloy sandwich construction.

A rubbing strip (not shown) made of stainless steel is bonded onto

the outer surface of the top skin.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

WINGS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 244

U3U06191-U15T1M0

-UM51D6000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 249/711

TRAILING EDGE DEVICES - INBOARD FLAP STRUCTURE - A318-A319-A320

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

WINGS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 245

U3U06191-U15T1M0

-UM51D6000000001

WINGS D/O (3)

TRAILING EDGE DEVICES (continued)

OUTBOARD FLAP STRUCTURE - A318-A319-A320

The outboard flap is supported and driven by two wing tracks and

carriages (tracks 3 and 4).

The outboard flap has:

- a leading edge with CFRP skin,

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 250/711

a leading edge with CFRP skin,

- a flap box with:

- skin panels with integrated stringers and spars made of CFRP,

- track ribs and end ribs made of aluminum alloy,

- other ribs made of CFRP.

- a trailing edge of aluminum alloy sandwich construction.

A rubbing strip (not shown) made of stainless steel is bonded onto

the outer surface of the top skin.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

WINGS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 246

U3U06191-U15T1M0

-UM51D6000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 251/711

TRAILING EDGE DEVICES - OUTBOARD FLAP STRUCTURE - A318-A319-A320

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

WINGS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 247

U3U06191-U15T1M0

-UM51D6000000001

WINGS D/O (3)

TRAILING EDGE DEVICES (continued)

A321 FLAPS STRUCTURE

The A321 flaps are fowler flaps with a tab on the trailing edge.

The inboard flap has:

- a leading edge and a flap box made of aluminum alloy,

- a trailing edge made in an aluminum alloy sandwich construction.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 252/711

g g y

The outboard flap has:

- a leading edge with CFRP skin,

- a flap box with:

- skin panels and integrated stringers made of CFRP,

- spars made of CFRP,

- track end ribs made of aluminum alloy,

- other ribs made of CFRP.

The tab is made of honeycomb core with a skin made of aluminum

sheet metal.

The tab is operated by a linkage system.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

WINGS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 248

U3U06191-U15T1M0

-UM51D6000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 253/711

TRAILING EDGE DEVICES - A321 FLAPS STRUCTURE

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

WINGS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 249

U3U06191-U15T1M0

-UM51D6000000001

WINGS D/O (3)

TRAILING EDGE DEVICES (continued)

SPOILERS GENERAL ARRANGEMENT

There are five spoilers on the upper surface of the wing trailing edge.

Spoiler 1 is connected to the false rear spar, inboard of the kink 

position.

Spoilers 2 thru 5 are connected to the middle and outer sections of 

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 254/711

p

the rear spar, outboard of the kink position.

A rubbing strip is attached to the trailing edge of spoilers (1 & 2 only).

It prevents damage to spoilers when flaps are retracted.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

WINGS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 250

U3U06191-U15T1M0

-UM51D6000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 255/711

TRAILING EDGE DEVICES - SPOILERS GENERAL ARRANGEMENT

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

WINGS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 251

U3U06191-U15T1M0

-UM51D6000000001

WINGS D/O (3)

TRAILING EDGE DEVICES (continued)

SPOILERS STRUCTURE LAYOUT

Spoilers are a wedge-shaped structure.

The top and bottom skins, the sides and the trailing edge profile of 

the spoilers are made in CFRP sandwich construction.

The spoiler hinges fittings and the actuator attachment fittings are

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 256/711

made of aluminum alloy.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

WINGS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 252

U3U06191-U15T1M0

-UM51D6000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 257/711

TRAILING EDGE DEVICES - SPOILERS STRUCTURE LAYOUT

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

WINGS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 253

U3U06191-U15T1M0

-UM51D6000000001

WINGS D/O (3)

TRAILING EDGE DEVICES (continued)

AILERON STRUCTURE LAYOUT

The aileron is located outboard of the outer flap and is connected to

the wing box rear spar between Ribs 22 and 27.

It is manufactured using CFRP skin (bonded to a honeycomb core in

the center area), spar and ribs.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 258/711

The aileron hinge fittings and the actuator attachment fittings are made

of aluminum alloy.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

WINGS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 254

U3U06191-U15T1M0

-UM51D6000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 259/711

TRAILING EDGE DEVICES - AILERON STRUCTURE LAYOUT

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

WINGS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 255

U3U06191-U15T1M0

-UM51D6000000001

STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3)

GENERAL

The types of damage on metallic and composite structures are described

in SRM 51-11-00 chapter dealing with damage classification.

The table provides, the term, the cause and the description for each type

of damage.

Damage results from many causes and can be generally categorized intofour main groups:

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 260/711

four main groups:

- mechanical action,

- chemical or electrochemical reaction,

- thermal action or cycling,

- inherent metallurgical characteristics.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 256

U3U06191-U15T1M0

-UM51D7000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 261/711

GENERAL

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 257

U3U06191-U15T1M0

-UM51D7000000001

STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3)

TYPES OF DAMAGE ON STRUCTURE

SCRATCH

A scratch is a line of damage of any depth and length in the material,

which causes a cross sectional area change. A sharp object is usually

the cause.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 262/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 258

U3U06191-U15T1M0

-UM51D7000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 263/711

TYPES OF DAMAGE ON STRUCTURE - SCRATCH

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 259

U3U06191-U15T1M0

-UM51D7000000001

STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3)

TYPES OF DAMAGE ON STRUCTURE (continued)

CORROSION

Corrosion is the destruction of metal by chemical or electrochemical

effect. Refer to SRM 51-22-00 for general information concerning

corrosion.

The different types of corrosion that can occur on the aircraft are:

pitting corrosion

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 264/711

- pitting corrosion,

- filiform corrosion,

- intergranular corrosion,

- galvanic corrosion.

- stress corrosion,

- biological corrosion,

- fretting corrosion,

- exfoliation corrosion.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 260

U3U06191-U15T1M0

-UM51D7000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 265/711

TYPES OF DAMAGE ON STRUCTURE - CORROSION

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 261

U3U06191-U15T1M0

-UM51D7000000001

STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3)

TYPES OF DAMAGE ON STRUCTURE (continued)

CORROSION (CONT'D)

This page deals with:

- pitting corrosion,

- filiform corrosion,

- intergranular corrosion,- galvanic corrosion

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 266/711

galvanic corrosion.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 262

U3U06191-U15T1M0

-UM51D7000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 267/711

TYPES OF DAMAGE ON STRUCTURE - CORROSION (CONT'D)

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 263

U3U06191-U15T1M0

-UM51D7000000001

STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3)

TYPES OF DAMAGE ON STRUCTURE (continued)

CORROSION (CONT'D)

This page deals with:

- stress corrosion,

- biological corrosion,

- fretting corrosion,- exfoliation corrosion.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 268/711

e o at o co os o .

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 264

U3U06191-U15T1M0

-UM51D7000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 269/711

TYPES OF DAMAGE ON STRUCTURE - CORROSION (CONT'D)

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 265

U3U06191-U15T1M0

-UM51D7000000001

STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3)

TYPES OF DAMAGE ON STRUCTURE (continued)

GOUGE

A gouge is a damaged area of any size, which results in a cross

sectional area change. It is usually caused by contact with a relatively

sharp object, which produces a continuous, sharp or smooth channel

like groove in the material.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 270/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 266

U3U06191-U15T1M0

-UM51D7000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 271/711

TYPES OF DAMAGE ON STRUCTURE - GOUGE

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 267

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D7000000001

STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3)

TYPES OF DAMAGE ON STRUCTURE (continued)

CRACK

A crack is a partial fracture or complete break in the material.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 272/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 268

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D7000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 273/711

TYPES OF DAMAGE ON STRUCTURE - CRACK

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 269

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D7000000001

STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3)

TYPES OF DAMAGE ON STRUCTURE (continued)

DENT

A dent is a damaged area, which is pushed in, with respect to its usual

contour. There is no cross sectional area change in the material. The

edges of the damaged area are smooth.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 274/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 270

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D7000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 275/711

TYPES OF DAMAGE ON STRUCTURE - DENT

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 271

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D7000000001

STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3)

TYPES OF DAMAGE ON STRUCTURE (continued)

NICK

A nick is a small decrease of material due to, for example, a knock at

the edge of a member or a skin.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 276/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 272

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D7000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 277/711

TYPES OF DAMAGE ON STRUCTURE - NICK

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 273

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D7000000001

STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3)

TYPES OF DAMAGE ON STRUCTURE (continued)

DISTORTION

A distortion is any twisting, bending or permanent strain, which results

in misalignment or change of shape. It may be caused by an impact

from a foreign object, but is usually the result of a vibration or

movement of adjacent attached components. This group includesbending, buckling, deformation, imbalance, misalignment, pinching,

d t i ti

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 278/711

and twisting.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 274

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D7000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 279/711

TYPES OF DAMAGE ON STRUCTURE - DISTORTION

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 275

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D7000000001

STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3)

TYPES OF DAMAGE ON STRUCTURE (continued)

ABRASION

An abrasion is a damaged area of any size, which causes change in a

cross sectional area because of scuffing, rubbing, scrapping or other

surface erosion. It is usually rough and irregular.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 280/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 276

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D7000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 281/711

TYPES OF DAMAGE ON STRUCTURE - ABRASION

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 277

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D7000000001

STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3)

TYPES OF DAMAGE ON STRUCTURE (continued)

DEBONDING

Debonding is the separation of material due to an adhesive failure.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 282/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 278

U3U06191-U15T1M

0-UM51D7000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 283/711

TYPES OF DAMAGE ON STRUCTURE - DEBONDING

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 279

U3U06191-U15T1M

0-UM51D7000000001

STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3)

TYPES OF DAMAGE ON STRUCTURE (continued)

DELAMINATION

A delamination is when a separation of plies occurs in multi-laminate

material. The material being hit or when there is a resin failure for

any other reason can cause a delamination.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 284/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 280

U3U06191-U15T1M

0-UM51D7000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 285/711

TYPES OF DAMAGE ON STRUCTURE - DELAMINATION

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 281

U3U06191-U15T1M

0-UM51D7000000001

STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3)

TYPES OF DAMAGE ON STRUCTURE (continued)

FRETTING

A fretting is a surface damage at the interface between elements of 

the joints resulting from very small angular or linear movements. The

result of fretting is usually the production of fine black powder

staining.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 286/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 282

U3U06191-U15T1M

0-UM51D7000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 287/711

TYPES OF DAMAGE ON STRUCTURE - FRETTING

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 283

U3U06191-U15T1M

0-UM51D7000000001

STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3)

TYPES OF DAMAGE ON STRUCTURE (continued)

CREASE

A crease is a damaged area, which is pushed in or folded back on

itself. The edges of the damaged area are sharp or well specified lines

or ridges.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 288/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 284

U3U06191-U15T1M

0-UM51D7000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 289/711

TYPES OF DAMAGE ON STRUCTURE - CREASE

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 285

U3U06191-U15T1M

0-UM51D7000000001

STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3)

TYPES OF DAMAGE ON STRUCTURE (continued)

MARK

A mark is a damaged area of any size where a concentration of 

scratches, nicks, chips, burrs or gouges etc. is shown. You must

consider the damage as an area and not as a serie of individual

scratches, gouges, etc.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 290/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 286

U3U06191-U15T1M

0-UM51D7000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 291/711

TYPES OF DAMAGE ON STRUCTURE - MARK

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 287

U3U06191-U15T1M

0-UM51D7000000001

WINDOW DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3)

GENERAL

The windows include the cockpit windows (windshields, sliding windows,

and aft fixed windows), the cabin windows and the passenger/crew door

windows.

Information dealing with different types of damage on windows, is in

page block 6xx of the relevant AMM chapters:- AMM 56-11-11 for the windshields,

- AMM 56-12-11 for the sliding windows,

AMM 56 11 12 for the aft fixed windows

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 292/711

- AMM 56-11-12 for the aft fixed windows,

- AMM 56-21-13 for the cabin windows,

- AMM 56-31-00 for the passenger /crew door windows.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

WINDOW DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 288

U3U06191-U15T1M

0-UM51D8000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 293/711

GENERAL

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

WINDOW DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 289

U3U06191-U15T1M

0-UM51D8000000001

WINDOW DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3)

TYPES OF DAMAGE ON COCKPIT WINDOWS

RELEVANT ATA CHAPTERS

The types of damage on cockpit windows are mentioned in:

- AMM 56-11-11 page block 6xx for windshields,

- AMM 56-11-12 page block 6xx for aft fixed windows,

- AMM 56-12-11 page block 6xx for sliding windows.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 294/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

WINDOW DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 290

U3U06191-U15T1M

0-UM51D8000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 295/711

TYPES OF DAMAGE ON COCKPIT WINDOWS - RELEVANT ATA CHAPTERS

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

WINDOW DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 291

U3U06191-U15T1M

0-UM51D8000000001

WINDOW DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3)

TYPES OF DAMAGE ON COCKPIT WINDOWS (continued)

DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION

The types of damage (illustrated) on cockpit windows are:

- Crack: line type defect through the depth of the ply,

- delamination: local separation of glass and interlayer,

- interlayer microflakes: due to moisture ingress in interlayer,- burning (on windshields only): discoloration of the slip pan due to

hot corner effect,

bubbles: appear between the inner face of the outer ply and the

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 296/711

- bubbles: appear between the inner face of the outer ply and the

interlayer,

- burn spot: due to degradation of the heating film element,

- discoloration: due to penetration of dust or sealant.

The types of damage not illustrated are:

- scratch: line type defect in the external surface of the window causing

a cross sectional change,

- chips: flakes of glass broken from the surface and the edges of the

window,

- transparency: halos on the surface of the window can make them

less transparent,

- rain repellent fluid residue on windshields only,

- damage on the soft liner on windshields (if supplied by SPS company

only).

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

WINDOW DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 292

U3U06191-U15T1M

0-UM51D8000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 297/711

TYPES OF DAMAGE ON COCKPIT WINDOWS - DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

WINDOW DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 293

U3U06191-U15T1M

0-UM51D8000000001

WINDOW DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3)

TYPES OF DAMAGE ON CABIN AND PASSENGER/CREW

DOOR WINDOWS

RELEVANT ATA CHAPTERS

The cabin and passenger/crew door windows have an inner and an

outer pane. The types of damage on cabin door windows are mentioned

in AMM 56-21-13 page block 6xx and on passenger/crew doorwindows in AMM 56-31-00 page block 6xx.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 298/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

WINDOW DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 294

U3U06191-U15T1M

0-UM51D8000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 299/711

TYPES OF DAMAGE ON CABIN AND PASSENGER/CREW DOOR WINDOWS - RELEVANT ATA CHAPTERS

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

WINDOW DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 295

U3U06191-U15T1M

0-UM51D8000000001

WINDOW DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3)

TYPES OF DAMAGE ON CABIN AND PASSENGER/CREW

DOOR WINDOWS (continued)

DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION

The types of damage are:

- crazing: small cracks that go in one or all directions,

- scratch: type line defect which causes a cross sectional area change,- crack: partial fracture or complete break of the window pane,

- orange peel effect: irregular cracks on or under the surface,

- chipping: flakes of stretched acrylic broken on the edge of the pane

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 300/711

- chipping: flakes of stretched acrylic broken on the edge of the pane,

- delamination: slate like separation of the material,

- pitting: impact by hard particles against the surface.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

WINDOW DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 296

U3U06191-U15T1M

0-UM51D8000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 301/711

TYPES OF DAMAGE ON CABIN AND PASSENGER/CREW DOOR WINDOWS - DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

WINDOW DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 297

U3U06191-U15T1M

0-UM51D8000000001

SRM D/O (3)

GENERAL

The structure repair manual is a non-customized document.

It has been prepared in accordance with Air Transport Association of 

America (ATA) specification 100.

The SRM includes descriptive information as well as specific instructions

and data to perform the assessment of structural damage and to perform

repairs. The manual content is approved by the French Airworthiness

Authority DGAC ("Direction Générale de l'Aviation Civile").

For most of the damage/defect discovered on the aircraft structure, the

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 302/711

SRM is the first document to be used to assess the damage, to identify

the affected structure and to determine the subsequent action or repair to

be performed.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 298

U3U06191-U15T1M

0-UM51D9000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 303/711

GENERAL

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 299

U3U06191-U15T1M

0-UM51D9000000001

SRM D/O (3)

MANUAL BREAKDOWN

The SRM is divided into seven main chapters (From ATA 51 to ATA

57) and the SRI (Structure Repair Inspection).

The manual also contains an introduction chapter (Chapter 00), and some

additional information pages (HIGHLIGHTS, RECORD OF

REVISIONS...) located just at the beginning of the manual.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 304/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 300

U3U06191-U15T1M

0-UM51D9000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 305/711

MANUAL BREAKDOWN

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 301

U3U06191-U15T1M

0-UM51D9000000001

SRM D/O (3)

FRONT PAGES

GENERAL

The front pages of the manual provides general information related

to the manual itself:

- revision transmittal sheet,

- highlights,- record of revisions approved,

- record of temporary revisions,

- list of effective temporary revisions.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 306/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 302

U3U06191-U15T1M

0-UM51D9000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 307/711

FRONT PAGES - GENERAL

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 303

U3U06191-U15T1M

0-UM51D9000000001

SRM D/O (3)

FRONT PAGES (continued)

HIGHLIGHTS

The highlights chapter deals with the identification, location of the

changes within the SRM from the previous revision. The type of 

change (page revised, new, deleted) is also presented.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 308/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 304

U3U06191-U15T1M

0-UM51D9000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 309/711

FRONT PAGES - HIGHLIGHTS

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 305

U3U06191-U15T1M

0-UM51D9000000001

SRM D/O (3)

INTRODUCTION

GENERAL

The introduction chapter contains all necessary information and

explanations to enable a correct use of the manual.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 310/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 306

U3U06191-U15T1M

0-UM51D9000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 311/711

INTRODUCTION - GENERAL

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 307

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D9000000001

SRM D/O (3)

INTRODUCTION (continued)

AIRPLANE ALLOCATION LIST

It also contains the airplane allocation list, giving for each MSN

(Manufacturer Serial Number), the airplane type, the aircraft rank 

within the customer version, the customer, the customer abbreviation

code and the registration number.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 312/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 308

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D9000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 313/711

INTRODUCTION - AIRPLANE ALLOCATION LIST

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 309

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D9000000001

SRM D/O (3)

INTRODUCTION (continued)

WEIGHT VARIANT INFORMATION

This section of the introduction chapter enables the identification of 

the aircraft weight variant according to the aircraft serie, engine types,

aircraft model and the modification associated to the weight variant

changes.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 314/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 310

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D9000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 315/711

INTRODUCTION - WEIGHT VARIANT INFORMATION

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 311

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D9000000001

SRM D/O (3)

INTRODUCTION (continued)

ALPHANUMERICAL INDEX

This document provides a list of all PNs (Part numbers) referenced

within the SRM and gives the related ATA chapter, the figure number,

the configuration and the item number within the figure. This list is

updated at each SRM revision. It provides a quick access to the part,to identify within the manual using the part number as a key.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 316/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 312

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D9000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 317/711

INTRODUCTION - ALPHANUMERICAL INDEX

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 313

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D9000000001

SRM D/O (3)

SRI (STRUCTURAL REPAIR INSPECTIONS)

GENERAL

For permanent repairs with inspection program, inspections are quoted

along with the repair.

Due to the amount of inspections, these requirements have been

transferred in a separate appendix to the SRM:- for more clarity of the SRM,

- for better handling of the inspection requirements.

The chapter Structural Repair Instructions (SRI) gives all necessary

inspection instructions on structural repairs and allowable damage

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 318/711

inspection instructions on structural repairs and allowable damage

limits, and provides the airlines with information to integrate the

additional inspections to their own maintenance program.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 314

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D9000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 319/711

SRI (STRUCTURAL REPAIR INSPECTIONS) - GENERAL

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 315

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D9000000001

SRM D/O (3)

SRI (STRUCTURAL REPAIR INSPECTIONS) (continued)

GENERAL (CONT'D)

If an inspection is needed, an Inspection Instruction Reference (IIR)

will be specified within the related repair. The operator shall then

refer to the SRI chapter to find out all the inspection instructions using

the IIR as a key.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 320/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 316

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D9000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 321/711

SRI (STRUCTURAL REPAIR INSPECTIONS) - GENERAL (CONT'D)

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 317

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D9000000001

SRM D/O (3)

SRI (STRUCTURAL REPAIR INSPECTIONS) (continued)

I.I.R. (INSPECTION INSTRUCTION REFERENCE)

The explanation of the IIR is given at the beginning of the SRI chapter.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 322/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 318

U3U06191-U15T1

M0-UM51D9000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 323/711

SRI (STRUCTURAL REPAIR INSPECTIONS) - I.I.R. (INSPECTION INSTRUCTION REFERENCE)

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 319

U3U06191-U15T1

M0-UM51D9000000001

SRM D/O (3)

SRI (STRUCTURAL REPAIR INSPECTIONS) (continued)

SRI CONTENTS

At the beginning of the SRI chapter, a table of contents provides the

list of repairs concerned by special inspections requirements.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 324/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 320

U3U06191-U15T1

M0-UM51D9000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 325/711

SRI (STRUCTURAL REPAIR INSPECTIONS) - SRI CONTENTS

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 321

U3U06191-U15T1

M0-UM51D9000000001

SRM D/O (3)

SRI (STRUCTURAL REPAIR INSPECTIONS) (continued)

SRI CONTENTS (CONT'D)

Within the introduction section of the SRI, the "Inspection Instruction

Schemes" table enables the operator to locate the inspection instruction

within the SRI (for inspection ref. 53-41-11-2-001-00, instructions

are to be found in paragraph 1.A.).

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 326/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 322

U3U06191-U15T1

M0-UM51D9000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 327/711

SRI (STRUCTURAL REPAIR INSPECTIONS) - SRI CONTENTS (CONT'D)

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 323

U3U06191-U15T1

M0-UM51D9000000001

SRM D/O (3)

SRI (STRUCTURAL REPAIR INSPECTIONS) (continued)

SRI CONTENTS (CONT'D)

Within the concerned paragraph, the inspection instruction are divided

into three main parts:

- the general information part, which reminds the inspection location,

- the inspection information table (A/C concerned, inspection

threshold, interval, required inspection methods),

- the inspection areas illustrations.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 328/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 324

U3U06191-U15T1

M0-UM51D9000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 329/711

SRI (STRUCTURAL REPAIR INSPECTIONS) - SRI CONTENTS (CONT'D)

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 325

U3U06191-U15T1

M0-UM51D9000000001

SRM D/O (3)

SRI (STRUCTURAL REPAIR INSPECTIONS) (continued)

SRI CONTENTS (CONT'D)-INSPECTION AREAS

ILLUSTRATIONS (IF ANY - E.G. 53-00-11)

The areas to be inspected are defined on the illustration, with the

identification of the applicable inspection methods and applicable

NTM procedures.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 330/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 326

U3U06191-U15T1

M0-UM51D9000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 331/711

SRI (STRUCTURAL REPAIR INSPECTIONS) - SRI CONTENTS (CONT'D)-INSPECTION AREAS ILLUSTRATIONS (IF ANY - E.G. 53-00-11)

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 327

U3U06191-U15T1

M0-UM51D9000000001

SRM D/O (3)

MANUAL GENERAL USAGE PROCEDURE

When damage is discovered, the first step is to evaluate, classify and

accurately measure it. The SRM chapter 51-11-XX provides useful

information to perform this assessment in the best conditions (damage

definitions and classification, classification of structures, allowable

damage definitions and damage/defect reporting process).

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 332/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 328

U3U06191-U15T1

M0-UM51D9000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 333/711

MANUAL GENERAL USAGE PROCEDURE

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 329

U3U06191-U15T1

M0-UM51D9000000001

SRM D/O (3)

MANUAL GENERAL USAGE PROCEDURE (continued)

CONT'D

The next step is the full identification of the affected area/structure.

This is achieved using the identification page block (pages 01-99) of 

the related specific chapter/section (52-57). According to the original

structure data and the actual damage characteristics, it is then possible

to determine whether the damage is within the defined allowable limits

or not. This is done using the allowable damage page block (pages

101-199) of the related specific chapter/section. If the damage is within

the allowable limits, the subsequent actions are generally a slight

rework and a re-protection of the affected area using the standard

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 334/711

rework and a re protection of the affected area, using the standard

procedures of chapter 51.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 330

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D9000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 335/711

MANUAL GENERAL USAGE PROCEDURE - CONT'D

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 331

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D9000000001

SRM D/O (3)

MANUAL GENERAL USAGE PROCEDURE (continued)

CONT'D

If the damage is above the limits, you must check whether a repair is

available and/or applicable within the repair page block (pages

201-999).

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 336/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 332

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D9000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 337/711

MANUAL GENERAL USAGE PROCEDURE - CONT'D

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 333

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D9000000001

SRM D/O (3)

NUMBERING SYSTEM AND PAGE BLOCK ALLOCATION

Each subject, within the SRM, is identified using a three-element

numbering system chapter/section and sub-section:

- the first element designates the chapter which is assigned by the ATA

spec. 100,

- the second element designates the section within the chapter. The first

digit is assigned by the ATA spec. 100. The second digit is assigned byAirbus S.A.S,

- the third element identifies the subsection (subject) within the section

and is assigned by Airbus S.A.S.

A standard page block allocation is used for all SRM chapters:

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 338/711

- pages 1 to 99 for structure identification,

- pages 101 to 199 for allowable damage,

- pages 201 to 999 for repairs.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 334

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D9000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 339/711

NUMBERING SYSTEM AND PAGE BLOCK ALLOCATION

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 335

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D9000000001

SRM D/O (3)

CHAPTER 51 (STRUCTURE GENERAL)

Information of a general nature or information applicable to more than

one chapter, is included in chapter 51.

NOTE: Note: the entry point within the SRM is always the specific

chapter 52 to 57, depending on the damage location.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 340/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 336

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D9000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 341/711

CHAPTER 51 (STRUCTURE GENERAL)

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 337

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D9000000001

SRM D/O (3)

CHAPTER 51 (STRUCTURE GENERAL) (continued)

CONTENTS

The table of contents is detailed in the following illustrations.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 342/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 338

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D9000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 343/711

CHAPTER 51 (STRUCTURE GENERAL) - CONTENTS

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 339

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D9000000001

SRM D/O (3)

CHAPTER 51 (STRUCTURE GENERAL) (continued)

CONTENTS (CONT'D)

Chapter 51 table of contents (2/3).

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 344/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 340

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D9000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 345/711

CHAPTER 51 (STRUCTURE GENERAL) - CONTENTS (CONT'D)

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 341

U3U06191-U15T

1M0-UM51D9000000001

SRM D/O (3)

CHAPTER 51 (STRUCTURE GENERAL) (continued)

CONTENTS (CONT'D)

Chapter 51 table of contents (3/3).

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 346/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 342

U3U06191-U15T

1M0-UM51D9000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 347/711

CHAPTER 51 (STRUCTURE GENERAL) - CONTENTS (CONT'D)

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 343

U3U06191-U15T

1M0-UM51D9000000001

SRM D/O (3)

CHAPTER 52 TO 57 CONTENTS

LAYOUT

Chapters 52 to 57 have the same layout, which conforms to the defined

page block allocation system (PB 1 to 99-identification, PB 101 to

199-allowable damage, PB 201 to 999-repairs). In addition, a table

of contents and a Service Bulletin (SB) list are provided at the

beginning of each chapter. Depending on the chapters, theModification/Service Bulletin list is to be found either at the chapter

level, or main section level.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 348/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 344

U3U06191-U15T

1M0-UM51D9000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 349/711

CHAPTER 52 TO 57 CONTENTS - LAYOUT

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 345

U3U06191-U15T

1M0-UM51D9000000001

SRM D/O (3)

CHAPTER 52 TO 57 CONTENTS (continued)

SERVICE BULLETIN LIST

Located at the beginning of each chapter, the SB list is a list of all

service bulletins referenced within the chapter.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 350/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 346

U3U06191-U15T

1M0-UM51D9000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 351/711

CHAPTER 52 TO 57 CONTENTS - SERVICE BULLETIN LIST

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 347

U3U06191-U15T

1M0-UM51D9000000001

SRM D/O (3)

CHAPTER 52 TO 57 CONTENTS (continued)

SERVICE BULLETIN LIST (CONT'D)

The user can refer to this list to get more information regarding a

specific service bulletin in terms of:

- revision status of the SB,

- date of introduction within the SRM,

- description.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 352/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 348

U3U06191-U15T

1M0-UM51D9000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 353/711

CHAPTER 52 TO 57 CONTENTS - SERVICE BULLETIN LIST (CONT'D)

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 349

U3U06191-U15T

1M0-UM51D9000000001

SRM D/O (3)

CHAPTER 52 TO 57 CONTENTS (continued)

MODIFICATION/SERVICE BULLETIN LIST

Located at:

- door level for chapter 52,

- fuselage section level for chapter 53,

- chapter level for chapter 54,

- main assembly level for chapter 55,- wing section level for chapter 57, this list is provided to enable the

user to determine the effectivity of the modification/SB.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 354/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 350

U3U06191-U15T

1M0-UM51D9000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 355/711

CHAPTER 52 TO 57 CONTENTS - MODIFICATION/SERVICE BULLETIN LIST

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 351

U3U06191-U15T

1M0-UM51D9000000001

SRM D/O (3)

CHAPTER 52 TO 57 CONTENTS (continued)

MODIFICATION/SERVICE BULLETIN LIST (CONT'D)

This list provides, for a given modification number, its associated

suffix and the aircraft standard, and the effectivity expressed in MSN.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 356/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 352

U3U06191-U15T

1M0-UM51D9000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 357/711

CHAPTER 52 TO 57 CONTENTS - MODIFICATION/SERVICE BULLETIN LIST (CONT'D)

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 353

U3U06191-U15T

1M0-UM51D9000000001

SRM D/O (3)

IDENTIFICATION PAGE BLOCK (PAGES 01 TO 99)

EXAMPLE : COMPOSITE STRUCTURES

In the identification pages, the individual parts of the major

components are illustrated and listed in tabular form. Each

identification topic begins with an introduction page, which includes

a general information paragraph. The item number is the key between

the illustration and the identification table. For composite structures,the illustration provides identification of individual layers, orientation

and materials. A ply (layer) orientation reference is also given.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 358/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 354

U3U06191-U15T

1M0-UM51D9000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 359/711

IDENTIFICATION PAGE BLOCK (PAGES 01 TO 99) - EXAMPLE : COMPOSITE STRUCTURES

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 355

U3U06191-U15T

1M0-UM51D9000000001

SRM D/O (3)

IDENTIFICATION PAGE BLOCK (PAGES 01 TO 99)

(continued)

EXAMPLE : METALLIC STRUCTURES

For metallic structure such as fuselage skin panels, the different

material thicknesses are provided using letter codes or shaded areas

as a key to the thickness tables. The associated identification table

provides the additional material, part number modification statusinformation.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 360/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 356

U3U06191-U15T

1M0-UM51D9000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 361/711

IDENTIFICATION PAGE BLOCK (PAGES 01 TO 99) - EXAMPLE : METALLIC STRUCTURES

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 357

U3U06191-U15T

1M0-UM51D9000000001

SRM D/O (3)

IDENTIFICATION PAGE BLOCK (PAGES 01 TO 99)

(continued)

IDENTIFICATION TABLE DETAILED

The typical identification table associated with the illustration(s)

contains different columns:

- ITEM,

- NOMENCLATURE,- SPECIFICATION AND/OR SECTION CODE,

- THICKNESS IN MM (IN.) AND/OR PARTNUMBER,

- IC: INTERCHANGEABILITY,

- ACTION OR REPAIR,

- STATUS (MOD/PROP) SB/RC (MOD/PROP:

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 362/711

Modification/Proposal, RC: Recordable Concession),

In addition: the relevant assembly drawings are listed at the end of 

the table (ASSY DRAWINGS:...........).

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 358

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D9000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 363/711

IDENTIFICATION PAGE BLOCK (PAGES 01 TO 99) - IDENTIFICATION TABLE DETAILED

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 359

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D9000000001

SRM D/O (3)

IDENTIFICATION PAGE BLOCK (PAGES 01 TO 99)

(continued)

IDENTIFICATION TABLE DETAILED (ITEM COLUMN)

The item number is the link with the associated illustrations. This

column also indicates the different evolutions of the same item (with

a suffix letter: 1A, 1B,..) compared to the basic version (without

suffix). Each evolution is linked to a production modification givenin the column ''status (MOD/PROP)''.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 364/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 360

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D9000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 365/711

IDENTIFICATION PAGE BLOCK (PAGES 01 TO 99) - IDENTIFICATION TABLE DETAILED (ITEM COLUMN)

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 361

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D9000000001

SRM D/O (3)

IDENTIFICATION PAGE BLOCK (PAGES 01 TO 99)

(continued)

IDENTIFICATION TABLE DETAILED

(SPECIFICATION/SECTION CODE COLUMN)

This column provides information related to the type of material used

(material specification), and when possible/available, the appropriate

standards. To get more information regarding the materialspecifications the user can refer to the SRM chapter 51:

- 51-31-00 for metallic materials,

- 51-33-00 for non-metallic materials (composite materials).

When the appropriate standard is shown, the user can refer to the

Airbus S.A.S. Standard Manual(SM).

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 366/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 362

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D9000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 367/711

IDENTIFICATION PAGE BLOCK (PAGES 01 TO 99) - IDENTIFICATION TABLE DETAILED (SPECIFICATION/SECTION CODE COLUMN)

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 363

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D9000000001

SRM D/O (3)

IDENTIFICATION PAGE BLOCK (PAGES 01 TO 99)

(continued)

CHAPTER 51-31-00 EXAMPLE

This example shows the way to proceed to find out the material

information within the chapter 51-31-00 for metallic structure, starting

with the material specification. A first list provides the table to be

used (e.g. table 4 for 3.1364T42).

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 368/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 364

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D9000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 369/711

IDENTIFICATION PAGE BLOCK (PAGES 01 TO 99) - CHAPTER 51-31-00 EXAMPLE

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 365

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D9000000001

SRM D/O (3)

IDENTIFICATION PAGE BLOCK (PAGES 01 TO 99)

(continued)

CHAPTER 51-31-00 EXAMPLE (CONT'D)

The material table provides, for a given material specification, the

European substitute (if used by the other European manufacturers and

the United States substitutes).

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 370/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 366

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D9000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 371/711

IDENTIFICATION PAGE BLOCK (PAGES 01 TO 99) - CHAPTER 51-31-00 EXAMPLE (CONT'D)

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 367

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D9000000001

SRM D/O (3)

IDENTIFICATION PAGE BLOCK (PAGES 01 TO 99)

(continued)

STANDARD MANUAL EXTRACT

The standard manual provides the additional information linked to a

given standard number.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 372/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 368

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D9000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 373/711

IDENTIFICATION PAGE BLOCK (PAGES 01 TO 99) - STANDARD MANUAL EXTRACT

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 369

U3U06191-U15

T1M0-UM51D9000000001

SRM D/O (3)

IDENTIFICATION PAGE BLOCK (PAGES 01 TO 99)

(continued)

IDENTIFICATION TABLE DETAILED

(THICKNESS/PART NUMBER COLUMN)

The Part Number (PN) corresponding to the structural component is

shown in this column. Within the PN, the first nine characters give

the detailed drawing number of the component, which is an entry keyto the airbus drawing set. In general the "as drawn" parts are Left

Hand (LH) and are provided with an even part number (e.g.: ...202).

In the SRM, the identification table always states the LH part number

on the first line and the RH part number (when indicated) on the

second line.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 374/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 370

U3U06191-U15

T1M0-UM51D9000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 375/711

IDENTIFICATION PAGE BLOCK (PAGES 01 TO 99) - IDENTIFICATION TABLE DETAILED (THICKNESS/PART NUMBER COLUMN)

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 371

U3U06191-U15

T1M0-UM51D9000000001

SRM D/O (3)

IDENTIFICATION PAGE BLOCK (PAGES 01 TO 99)

(continued)

IDENTIFICATION TABLE DETAILED (IC COLUMN)

The IC column provides the interchangeability status of the parts:

- 01: one way interchangeable (post-mod part to be used to replace

pre-mod part),

- 02: two ways interchangeable (post-mod or pre-mod parts can beused),

- 03: no interchangeability.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 376/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 372

U3U06191-U15

T1M0-UM51D9000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 377/711

IDENTIFICATION PAGE BLOCK (PAGES 01 TO 99) - IDENTIFICATION TABLE DETAILED (IC COLUMN)

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 373

U3U06191-U15

T1M0-UM51D9000000001

SRM D/O (3)

IDENTIFICATION PAGE BLOCK (PAGES 01 TO 99)

(continued)

IDENTIFICATION TABLE DETAILED (ACTION OR

REPAIR COLUMN)

This column gives indication concerning the action or repair to be

performed. For existing general or specific repairs, the

chapter/section/sub-section is inserted. For a recommendation toreplace the part, the word "REPLACE" is inserted. Where left blank,

a case-by-case assessment has to be performed to determine the

relevant corrective action (part replacement, repair as per SRM or

specific repair as per Airbus SAS definition).

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 378/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 374

U3U06191-U15

T1M0-UM51D9000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 379/711

IDENTIFICATION PAGE BLOCK (PAGES 01 TO 99) - IDENTIFICATION TABLE DETAILED (ACTION OR REPAIR COLUMN)

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 375

U3U06191-U15

T1M0-UM51D9000000001

SRM D/O (3)

IDENTIFICATION PAGE BLOCK (PAGES 01 TO 99)

(continued)

IDENTIFICATION TABLE DETAILED (STATUS

MOD/PROP SB/RC COLUMN)

Linked with the Item column, the STATUS MOD/PRP, SB/RC column

gives the modification or service bulletin driving the different

evolutions of a structural component (listed in column Item). A prefixletter is used to identify the status BEFORE ("B" letter) or AFTER

("A" letter) SB or Modification. The suffix letter (A, B, C, D...)

indicated at the end of the MOD/PROP (and column "S" of the

MOD/SB list) shows the different effectivity within the same

MOD/PROP number.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 380/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 376

U3U06191-U15

T1M0-UM51D9000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 381/711

IDENTIFICATION PAGE BLOCK (PAGES 01 TO 99) - IDENTIFICATION TABLE DETAILED (STATUS MOD/PROP SB/RC COLUMN)

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 377

U3U06191-U15

T1M0-UM51D9000000001

SRM D/O (3)

IDENTIFICATION PAGE BLOCK (PAGES 01 TO 99)

(continued)

IDENTIFICATION TABLE DETAILED (STATUS

MOD/PROP SB/RC COLUMN (CONT'D))

To find the relevant effectivity linked to a modification shown in the

STATUS column, the user must refer to the modification/service

bulletin list.

NOTE: the status before or after modification/SB and the relevant

modification solution (suffix letter) should not be forgotten.

Within the modification/service bulletin list, the effectivities

are expressed in MSN.

to find the relationship between the customer version number

( AFR 01 0016) d th MSN th f t th

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 382/711

(e.g.. AFR 01 0016) and the MSN, the user can refer to the

airplane allocation list of the introduction chapter of the

SRM.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 378

U3U06191-U15

T1M0-UM51D9000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 383/711

IDENTIFICATION PAGE BLOCK (PAGES 01 TO 99) - IDENTIFICATION TABLE DETAILED (STATUS MOD/PROP SB/RC COLUMN

(CONT'D))

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 379

U3U06191-U15

T1M0-UM51D9000000001

SRM D/O (3)

IDENTIFICATION PAGE BLOCK (PAGES 01 TO 99)

(continued)

IDENTIFICATION TABLE DETAILED (STATUS

MOD/PROP SB/RC COLUMN (CONT'D))

When the modification is linked to a SB, the SB number is also

mentioned, below the modification number. The SB list located at the

beginning of the chapter can be used to get more information.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 384/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 380

U3U06191-U15

T1M0-UM51D9000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 385/711

IDENTIFICATION PAGE BLOCK (PAGES 01 TO 99) - IDENTIFICATION TABLE DETAILED (STATUS MOD/PROP SB/RC COLUMN

(CONT'D))

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 381

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D9000000001

SRM D/O (3)

CONFIGURATIONS

GENERAL

When modification or service bulletin are extensive and the preceding

method of reflecting effectivity becomes cumbersome, thus distracting

from the continuity of subject matter, additional page blocks are

established. These additional page blocks are further identified by the

introduction of a configuration code (CONFIG-1, CONFIG-2), etc...)following the chapter/section/sub-section. Configuration codes are

always in ascending, sequential numerical order, i.e., CONFIG-1,

CONFIG-2, CONFIG-3, etc... The first example shown below

illustrates the change in the A320 vertical stabilizer spar box design

and manufacturing following modification 26500K4924H.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 386/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 382

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D9000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 387/711

CONFIGURATIONS - GENERAL

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 383

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D9000000001

SRM D/O (3)

CONFIGURATIONS (continued)

EXAMPLE

Here is an example of different configurations. The modification of 

the design and production process of the carbon fiber vertical stabilizer

spar box leads to two configurations within the chapter 55. The

configuration number is indicated at the bottom of the related pages.

On this example, as highlighted, the configuration 1 is applicablebefore modification 26500K4924H. Configuration 2 is applicable

after modification 26500K4924H. It is of the operator duty to select

first in which configuration the concerned aircraft is, before going

further in the SRM investigation. This is done using the service

bulletin/modification list located at the beginning of the chapter or

section.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 388/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 384

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D9000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 389/711

CONFIGURATIONS - EXAMPLE

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 385

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D9000000001

SRM D/O (3)

ALLOWABLE DAMAGE PAGE BLOCK (PB 101)

GENERAL

The information to be found within allowable damage page block 

enables the operator to define whether a damaged airplane may be

returned into service without repair. An allowable damage permitted

has no significant effect on the strength or fatigue life of the structure,

which must still be capable of fulfilling its function. Allowable damagemay require minimal rework such as cleanup or drilling of stop holes.

Basically the allowable page block contains different page types:

- general information pages,

- damage criteria tables,

- paragraph for each type of damage,

- damage measurement procedure,

- damage localization (zoning) figures,

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 390/711

g g g

- allowable damage diagram.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 386

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D9000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 391/711

ALLOWABLE DAMAGE PAGE BLOCK (PB 101) - GENERAL

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 387

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D9000000001

SRM D/O (3)

ALLOWABLE DAMAGE PAGE BLOCK (PB 101) (continued)

ALLOWABLE DAMAGE INFORMATION

After a careful reading of the first information page(s), the first step

in the allowable damage determination, consists in the use of the

damage criteria table.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 392/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 388

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D9000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 393/711

ALLOWABLE DAMAGE PAGE BLOCK (PB 101) - ALLOWABLE DAMAGE INFORMATION

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 389

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D9000000001

SRM D/O (3)

ALLOWABLE DAMAGE PAGE BLOCK (PB 101) (continued)

DAMAGE CRITERIA TABLE

The damage criteria table enables the operator to determine the relevant

paragraph (e.g. 4A) that should be used, depending on the type of 

damage (e.g.: allowable rework), and the affected structure (e.g. skin

plates).

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 394/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 390

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D9000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 395/711

ALLOWABLE DAMAGE PAGE BLOCK (PB 101) - DAMAGE CRITERIA TABLE

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 391

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D9000000001

SRM D/O (3)

ALLOWABLE DAMAGE PAGE BLOCK (PB 101) (continued)

ALLOWABLE DAMAGE EFFECTIVITY

For some allowable damage (e.g. dent allowable damage), the

allowable damage effectivity per weight variant must be checked.

The table (e.g. table 102) at the beginning of the allowable damage

relevant paragraph shall be used. The allowable damage information

contained within the related paragraph is justified and applicable for

the listed weight variant only. If not, contact Airbus.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 396/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 392

U3U06191-U1

5T1M0-UM51D9000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 397/711

ALLOWABLE DAMAGE PAGE BLOCK (PB 101) - ALLOWABLE DAMAGE EFFECTIVITY

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 393

U3U06191-U1

5T1M0-UM51D9000000001

SRM D/O (3)

ALLOWABLE DAMAGE PAGE BLOCK (PB 101) (continued)

WEIGHT VARIANT DETERMINATION

To define the "as delivered" weight variant of a concerned MSN, the

first step is to refer to the airplane allocation list of the introduction

chapter, which gives the corresponding type (e.g.: A320-232). Then,

refer to the weight variant identification list, also in the introduction

chapter.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 398/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 394

U3U06191-U1

5T1M0-UM51D9000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 399/711

ALLOWABLE DAMAGE PAGE BLOCK (PB 101) - WEIGHT VARIANT DETERMINATION

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 395

U3U06191-U1

5T1M0-UM51D9000000001

SRM D/O (3)

ALLOWABLE DAMAGE PAGE BLOCK (PB 101) (continued)

WEIGHT VARIANT DETERMINATION (CONT'D)

The weight variant identification list gives, for a given aircraft type,

the different possible "as delivered" weight variants. The next step

will be to determine which one of these possible weight variants is

applicable to the concerned MSN.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 400/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 396

U3U06191-U1

5T1M0-UM51D9000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 401/711

ALLOWABLE DAMAGE PAGE BLOCK (PB 101) - WEIGHT VARIANT DETERMINATION (CONT'D)

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 397

U3U06191-U1

5T1M0-UM51D9000000001

SRM D/O (3)

ALLOWABLE DAMAGE PAGE BLOCK (PB 101) (continued)

WEIGHT VARIANT DETERMINATION (CONT'D)

To determine the applicable "as delivered" weight variant, the operator

must check which of the associated modification(s) is effective on the

concerned MSN. The Aircraft Inspection Report (AIR) can be used

for this purpose. Once found, the corresponding weight variant is

considered as the weight variant of concerned MSN at delivery.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 402/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 398

U3U06191-U1

5T1M0-UM51D9000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 403/711

ALLOWABLE DAMAGE PAGE BLOCK (PB 101) - WEIGHT VARIANT DETERMINATION (CONT'D)

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 399

U3U06191-U1

5T1M0-UM51D9000000001

SRM D/O (3)

ALLOWABLE DAMAGE PAGE BLOCK (PB 101) (continued)

WEIGHT VARIANT DETERMINATION (CONT'D)

The "as delivered" weight variant may change after delivery, following

the embodiment of a service bulletin. It is the operator's responsibility

to check the embodiment of referenced SB, in order to determine the

relevant weight variant for the affected MSN. The information is given

into Table 2 "Service Bulletin/Weight Variant List".

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 404/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 400

U3U06191-U1

5T1M0-UM51D9000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 405/711

ALLOWABLE DAMAGE PAGE BLOCK (PB 101) - WEIGHT VARIANT DETERMINATION (CONT'D)

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 401

U3U06191-U1

5T1M0-UM51D9000000001

SRM D/O (3)

ALLOWABLE DAMAGE PAGE BLOCK (PB 101) (continued)

WEIGHT VARIANT DETERMINATION (CONT'D)

The table 2-"Service Bulletin/Weight Variant List" provides for the

related aircraft type (e.g.: A320-232) the different service bulletin

applicable. For the given MSN, the operator must check whether one

of the possible SB has been embodied or not. If yes, the weight variant

of the aircraft becomes the weight variant given by the table.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 406/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 402

U3U06191-U1

5T1M0-UM51D9000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 407/711

ALLOWABLE DAMAGE PAGE BLOCK (PB 101) - WEIGHT VARIANT DETERMINATION (CONT'D)

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 403

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D9000000001

SRM D/O (3)

ALLOWABLE DAMAGE PAGE BLOCK (PB 101) (continued)

WEIGHT VARIANT DETERMINATION (CONT'D)

For aircraft which have been subject to weight variant change through

a SB embodiment: the weight variant information to be used to identify

the effectivity of the given allowable damage (or repair information),

is the heaviest weight variant that the subject aircraft has been operated

with, since its delivery.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 408/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 404

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D9000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 409/711

ALLOWABLE DAMAGE PAGE BLOCK (PB 101) - WEIGHT VARIANT DETERMINATION (CONT'D)

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 405

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D9000000001

SRM D/O (3)

ALLOWABLE DAMAGE PAGE BLOCK (PB 101) (continued)

ALLOWABLE DAMAGE DETERMINATION (CONT'D)

The allowable damage diagram to be used, generally depends on the

location of the damage on the concerned structure.

Illustrations are used to locate the damage and thus to define the

relevant diagram to be used (e.g. refer to diagram 102).

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 410/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 406

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D9000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 411/711

ALLOWABLE DAMAGE PAGE BLOCK (PB 101) - ALLOWABLE DAMAGE DETERMINATION (CONT'D)

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 407

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D9000000001

SRM D/O (3)

ALLOWABLE DAMAGE PAGE BLOCK (PB 101) (continued)

ALLOWABLE DAMAGE DIAGRAM EXAMPLE

As a last step of the damage investigation, the use of the allowable

damage diagrams provides the necessary information concerning the

actions to be performed, depending on damage extent.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 412/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 408

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D9000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 413/711

ALLOWABLE DAMAGE PAGE BLOCK (PB 101) - ALLOWABLE DAMAGE DIAGRAM EXAMPLE

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 409

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D9000000001

SRM D/O (3)

ALLOWABLE DAMAGE PAGE BLOCK (PB 101) (continued)

ALLOWABLE DAMAGE DIAGRAM EXAMPLE

(CONT'D)

Provided that no cracks have been detected, this first area of the

allowable damage rework diagram defines typical allowable damage

without any time limits. The surface protection needs to be restored.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 414/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 410

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D9000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 415/711

ALLOWABLE DAMAGE PAGE BLOCK (PB 101) - ALLOWABLE DAMAGE DIAGRAM EXAMPLE (CONT'D)

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 411

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D9000000001

SRM D/O (3)

ALLOWABLE DAMAGE PAGE BLOCK (PB 101) (continued)

ALLOWABLE DAMAGE DIAGRAM EXAMPLE

(CONT'D)

This second area for reworks depth between 10 % and 25 % of the

nominal thickness, also defines allowable damage but with a time

limit.

In this example a repair has to be performed before 3000 flights at

the latest. The surface protection has to be restored.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 416/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 412

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D9000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 417/711

ALLOWABLE DAMAGE PAGE BLOCK (PB 101) - ALLOWABLE DAMAGE DIAGRAM EXAMPLE (CONT'D)

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 413

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D9000000001

SRM D/O (3)

ALLOWABLE DAMAGE PAGE BLOCK (PB 101) (continued)

ALLOWABLE DAMAGE DIAGRAM EXAMPLE

(CONT'D)

This area is defined for reworks depth between 25 % and 40 % of the

nominal thickness. It is stil l allowable damage, provided that no crack 

is detected. But a repair has to be performed before 50 flights at the

latest.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 418/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 414

U3U06191-U

15T1M0-UM51D9000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 419/711

ALLOWABLE DAMAGE PAGE BLOCK (PB 101) - ALLOWABLE DAMAGE DIAGRAM EXAMPLE (CONT'D)

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 415

U3U06191-U

15T1M0-UM51D9000000001

SRM D/O (3)

ALLOWABLE DAMAGE PAGE BLOCK (PB 101) (continued)

ALLOWABLE DAMAGE DIAGRAM EXAMPLE

(CONT'D)

Stop drill and apply high-speed tape for one flight pressurized or

unpressurized only, or do a temporary repair as per 53-00-11 figure

210.

Temporary repair has to be replaced by a final repair within 2500

flights.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 420/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 416

U3U06191-U

15T1M0-UM51D9000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 421/711

ALLOWABLE DAMAGE PAGE BLOCK (PB 101) - ALLOWABLE DAMAGE DIAGRAM EXAMPLE (CONT'D)

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 417

U3U06191-U

15T1M0-UM51D9000000001

SRM D/O (3)

ALLOWABLE DAMAGE PAGE BLOCK (PB 101) (continued)

ALLOWABLE DAMAGE DIAGRAM EXAMPLE

(CONT'D)

For damage located in this area, the damage shall be stop drilled before

a ferry flight without cabin pressure. Install high-speed tape before

the ferry flight. A repair has to be performed.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 422/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 418

U3U06191-U

15T1M0-UM51D9000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 423/711

ALLOWABLE DAMAGE PAGE BLOCK (PB 101) - ALLOWABLE DAMAGE DIAGRAM EXAMPLE (CONT'D)

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 419

U3U06191-U

15T1M0-UM51D9000000001

SRM D/O (3)

ALLOWABLE DAMAGE PAGE BLOCK (PB 101) (continued)

ALLOWABLE DAMAGE DIAGRAM EXAMPLE

(CONT'D)

For damage located in this area, a repair has to be performed

immediately or a ferry flight may be allowed upon manufacturer's

authorization.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 424/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 420

U3U06191-U

15T1M0-UM51D9000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 425/711

ALLOWABLE DAMAGE PAGE BLOCK (PB 101) - ALLOWABLE DAMAGE DIAGRAM EXAMPLE (CONT'D)

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 421

U3U06191-U

15T1M0-UM51D9000000001

SRM D/O (3)

REPAIRS PAGE BLOCK (PB 201)

GENERAL

The Repairs Page Block (PB 201), contains necessary information to

carry out permissible repairs.

Each of the repairs is described with illustrations and procedure

instructions, which includes repair applicability data and repair

material lists.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 426/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 422

U3U06191-U

15T1M0-UM51D9000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 427/711

REPAIRS PAGE BLOCK (PB 201) - GENERAL

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 423

U3U06191-U

15T1M0-UM51D9000000001

SRM D/O (3)

REPAIRS PAGE BLOCK (PB 201) (continued)

LIST OF AVAILABLE REPAIR SCHEMES

At the beginning of each repair page block, a list of available repair

schemes is provided for a quick assess to the repairs.

The repairs can be located in the general section of chapter 53 (e.g.:

53-00-11 for standard fuselage skin repairs), or directly covered within

the related section when the repair is specific (e.g. paragraph 5A, Fig.

201).

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 428/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 424

U3U06191-U

15T1M0-UM51D9000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 429/711

REPAIRS PAGE BLOCK (PB 201) - LIST OF AVAILABLE REPAIR SCHEMES

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 425

U3U06191-U

15T1M0-UM51D9000000001

SRM D/O (3)

REPAIRS PAGE BLOCK (PB 201) (continued)

REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS

The relevant paragraph of the repair instructions contain information

related to:

- the applicability of the concerned repair,

- general reminders linked to repair principles and rules.

Note: an IIR appears within the repair instructions.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 430/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 426

U3U06191-U

15T1M0-UM51D9000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 431/711

REPAIRS PAGE BLOCK (PB 201) - REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 427

U3U06191-U

15T1M0-UM51D9000000001

SRM D/O (3)

REPAIRS PAGE BLOCK (PB 201) (continued)

REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS (CONT'D)

All the materials (repair materials and consumable materials) are listed

within the concerned repair instructions. Consumable materials are

call-up using their Consumable Material List (CML) code (e.g.

09-013). For more information on these materials, the user can refer

to the SRM chapter 51-35-00 consumable materials and/or the CML

document.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 432/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 428

U3U06191-U

15T1M0-UM51D9000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 433/711

REPAIRS PAGE BLOCK (PB 201) - REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS (CONT'D)

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 429

U3U06191-U

15T1M0-UM51D9000000001

SRM D/O (3)

REPAIRS PAGE BLOCK (PB 201) (continued)

REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS (CONT'D)

this SRM chapter(51-35-00) deals with consumable materials.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 434/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 430

U3U06191-U

15T1M0-UM51D9000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 435/711

REPAIRS PAGE BLOCK (PB 201) - REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS (CONT'D)

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 431

U3U06191-U

15T1M0-UM51D9000000001

SRM D/O (3)

REPAIRS PAGE BLOCK (PB 201) (continued)

REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS (CONT'D)

Information concerning the consumable materials can also be found

in the CML.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 436/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 432

U3U06191-U

15T1M0-UM51D9000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 437/711

REPAIRS PAGE BLOCK (PB 201) - REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS (CONT'D)

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 433

U3U06191-U

15T1M0-UM51D9000000001

SRM D/O (3)

REPAIRS PAGE BLOCK (PB 201) (continued)

REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS (CONT'D)

The repair instruction lists all the steps of the repair, with references

to the standard processes and practices covered within the chapter 51

when required.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 438/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 434

U3U06191-U

15T1M0-UM51D9000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 439/711

REPAIRS PAGE BLOCK (PB 201) - REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS (CONT'D)

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 435

U3U06191-U

15T1M0-UM51D9000000001

SRM D/O (3)

REPAIRS PAGE BLOCK (PB 201) (continued)

REPAIR ILLUSTRATIONS

Note: an IIR appears within the repairs illustrations.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 440/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 436

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D9000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 441/711

REPAIRS PAGE BLOCK (PB 201) - REPAIR ILLUSTRATIONS

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 437

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D9000000001

WINDOW DAMAGE ASSESSMENT D/O (3)

GENERAL

The windows are:

- the cockpit windows ( windshields, sliding windows, and aft fixed

windows),

- the cabin windows and,

- the passenger/crew door windows.

To find the corrective actions for each type of defect, refer to the page

block 6xx of the relevant AMM chapters:- AMM 56-11-11 for the windshields,

- AMM 56-12-11 for the sliding windows,

- AMM 56-11-12 for the aft fixed windows,

- AMM 56-21-13 for the cabin windows,

- AMM 56-31-00 for the passenger/crew door windows.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 442/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

WINDOW DAMAGE ASSESSMENT D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 438

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DA000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 443/711

GENERAL

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

WINDOW DAMAGE ASSESSMENT D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 439

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DA000000001

WINDOW DAMAGE ASSESSMENT D/O (3)

INVESTIGATION OF DAMAGE ON COCKPIT WINDOWS

Refer to the relevant AMM chapter for each type of cockpit windows.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 444/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

WINDOW DAMAGE ASSESSMENT D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 440

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DA000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 445/711

INVESTIGATION OF DAMAGE ON COCKPIT WINDOWS

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

WINDOW DAMAGE ASSESSMENT D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 441

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DA000000001

WINDOW DAMAGE ASSESSMENT D/O (3)

INVESTIGATION OF DAMAGE ON COCKPIT WINDOWS

(continued)

INVESTIGATION OF DAMAGE ON WINDSHIELDS

Refer to AMM 56-11-11 pages block 6xx to get the corrective actions

for the following types of defect on windshields:

- cracks,

- scratches,

- chips,- delaminating,

- discoloration,

- interlayer micro flakes,

- bubbles,

- burn spot,

- transparency,

- rain repellent fluid residue,

- damage on the soft liner (if supplied by SPS company only).

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 446/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

WINDOW DAMAGE ASSESSMENT D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 442

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DA000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 447/711

INVESTIGATION OF DAMAGE ON COCKPIT WINDOWS - INVESTIGATION OF DAMAGE ON WINDSHIELDS

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

WINDOW DAMAGE ASSESSMENT D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 443

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DA000000001

WINDOW DAMAGE ASSESSMENT D/O (3)

INVESTIGATION OF DAMAGE ON COCKPIT WINDOWS

(continued)

INVESTIGATION OF DAMAGE ON SLIDING WINDOWS

Refer to AMM 56-12-11 pages block 6xx to get the corrective actions

for the following types of defect on sliding windows:

- cracks,

- scratches,

- chips,- delaminating,

- bubbles,

- discoloration or burning,

- interlayer micro flakes,

- transparency,

- crazing,

- burn spots.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 448/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

WINDOW DAMAGE ASSESSMENT D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 444

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DA000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 449/711

INVESTIGATION OF DAMAGE ON COCKPIT WINDOWS - INVESTIGATION OF DAMAGE ON SLIDING WINDOWS

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

WINDOW DAMAGE ASSESSMENT D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 445

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DA000000001

WINDOW DAMAGE ASSESSMENT D/O (3)

INVESTIGATION OF DAMAGE ON COCKPIT WINDOWS

(continued)

INVESTIGATION OF DAMAGE ON AFT FIXED

WINDOWS

Refer to AMM 56-11-12 pages block 6xx to get the corrective actions

for the following types of defect on aft fixed windows:

- cracks,

- scratches,- chips,

- delaminating,

- bubbles,

- discoloration or burning,

- transparency,

- interlayer micro flakes,

- burn spots.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 450/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

WINDOW DAMAGE ASSESSMENT D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 446

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DA000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 451/711

INVESTIGATION OF DAMAGE ON COCKPIT WINDOWS - INVESTIGATION OF DAMAGE ON AFT FIXED WINDOWS

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

WINDOW DAMAGE ASSESSMENT D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 447

U3U06191-

U15T1M0-UM51DA000000001

WINDOW DAMAGE ASSESSMENT D/O (3)

INVESTIGATION OF DAMAGE ON CABIN WINDOWS

AND PASSENGER/CREW DOOR WINDOWS

Refer to the relevant AMM for the cabin and passenger/crew door

windows.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 452/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

WINDOW DAMAGE ASSESSMENT D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 448

U3U06191-

U15T1M0-UM51DA000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 453/711

INVESTIGATION OF DAMAGE ON CABIN WINDOWS AND PASSENGER/CREW DOOR WINDOWS

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

WINDOW DAMAGE ASSESSMENT D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 449

U3U06191-

U15T1M0-UM51DA000000001

WINDOW DAMAGE ASSESSMENT D/O (3)

INVESTIGATION OF DAMAGE ON CABIN WINDOWS

AND PASSENGER/CREW DOOR WINDOWS (continued)

INVESTIGATION OF DAMAGE ON CABIN WINDOWS

Refer to AMM 56-21-13 page block 6xx to get the allowable damages

for the following types of defect on cabin windows:

- delaminating,

- scratches,

- pitting,- crazing,

- crazing with bulging,

- bulging,

- orange peel effect,

- chipping,

- cracks,

- vent hole damage.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 454/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

WINDOW DAMAGE ASSESSMENT D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 450

U3U06191-

U15T1M0-UM51DA000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 455/711

INVESTIGATION OF DAMAGE ON CABIN WINDOWS AND PASSENGER/CREW DOOR WINDOWS - INVESTIGATION OF DAMAGE

ON CABIN WINDOWS

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

WINDOW DAMAGE ASSESSMENT D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 451

U3U06191-

U15T1M0-UM51DA000000001

WINDOW DAMAGE ASSESSMENT D/O (3)

INVESTIGATION OF DAMAGE ON CABIN WINDOWS

AND PASSENGER/CREW DOOR WINDOWS (continued)

INVESTIGATION OF DAMAGE ON PASSENGER/CREW

DOOR WINDOWS

Refer to AMM 56-31-00 page block 6xx to get the allowable damage

for the following types of defect on passenger/crew door windows:

- scratches,

- crazing,- bulging,

- crazing with bulging,

- delaminating.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 456/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

WINDOW DAMAGE ASSESSMENT D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 452

U3U06191-

U15T1M0-UM51DA000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 457/711

INVESTIGATION OF DAMAGE ON CABIN WINDOWS AND PASSENGER/CREW DOOR WINDOWS - INVESTIGATION OF DAMAGE

ON PASSENGER/CREW DOOR WINDOWS

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

WINDOW DAMAGE ASSESSMENT D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 453

U3U06191-

U15T1M0-UM51DA000000001

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)

INTRODUCTION

The purpose of this example is to present, the complete procedure to be

followed when a damage is discovered, from the damage mapping draft

to the final structure damage assessment. This example was chosen as it

represents one of the more usual types of damage on an A/C and gives

an in depth investigation with all the different stages.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 458/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 454

U3U06191-

U15T1M0-UM51DB000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 459/711

INTRODUCTION

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 455

U3U06191-

U15T1M0-UM51DB000000001

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)

IDENTIFICATION OF THE DAMAGE

The damage is located onto the fuselage skin, thus, all the information

regarding the identification of the part, allowable damage and repair, if 

any, are to be found within the chapter 53 of the SRM. Information

concerning the damage classification and reporting are to be found within

the SRM chapter 51-11-00. The concerned damage is a dent with no

visible crack. At this stage, take visual reference to facilitate damage

location. Such as, a forward or aft passenger door, or a cargo door, above

or below cabin floor level at stringer (Stgr) 23, close to a longitudinal or

circumferential joint, etc...). If the dent is close to a rivet row, an internal

visual inspection is required to determine whether the internal structure

(frame, stringer, etc...) is also damaged or not.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 460/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 456

U3U06191-

U15T1M0-UM51DB000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 461/711

IDENTIFICATION OF THE DAMAGE

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 457

U3U06191-

U15T1M0-UM51DB000000001

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)

MAPPING

Using SRM 51-11-13 as a guide, the maximum information should be

taken from the aircraft before starting any assessment (measurement and

location of the maximum depth, distance of dent edges to nearest fastener

rows, existing closest skin joints or any other visible structure that will

help in the detailed location of the damage, etc...).

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 462/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 458

U3U06191-

U15T1M0-UM51DB000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 463/711

MAPPING

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 459

U3U06191-

U15T1M0-UM51DB000000001

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)

MAPPING (continued)

CONT'D

Using the data collected from the A/C, the mapping should be

completed by determining the exact location (in terms of frame

numbers and stringer numbers). For this purpose, refer to the beginning

of the chapter 53 (fuselage).

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 464/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 460

U3U06191-

U15T1M0-UM51DB000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 465/711

MAPPING - CONT'D

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 461

U3U06191-

U15T1M0-UM51DB000000001

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)

MAPPING (continued)

CONT'D

The illustration of chapter 53-00-00 enables the operator to determine

the circumferential joint related frame numbers.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 466/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 462

U3U06191-

U15T1M0-UM51DB000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 467/711

MAPPING - CONT'D

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 463

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DB000000001

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)

MAPPING (continued)

CONT'D

Using the frame identification illustration of chapter 53-00-00, and

the data collected during the damage mapping, the frames surrounding

the damage can be determined. According to the mapping information,

the damage is located between the first and the second frame after the

circumferential joint located at Fr 24. Consequently, the damage is

located between Fr 25 and 26.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 468/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 464

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DB000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 469/711

MAPPING - CONT'D

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 465

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DB000000001

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)

MAPPING (continued)

CONT'D

To complete the damage location, the stringers surrounding the damage

also need to be determined. For this purpose the "General panel

identification" illustrations, proposed within chapter 53-00-00 can be

used. According to the data collected on the A//C and the location of 

the damage from the existing longitudinal skin joints, the affected

panel can be determined. For this example the damage is located on

panel 7 - lower side shell - located between Stgr 18LH & 32LH, and

Fr 24 & 35.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 470/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 466

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DB000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 471/711

MAPPING - CONT'D

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 467

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DB000000001

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)

MAPPING (continued)

CONT'D

The information collected can be reported onto the damage mapping.

The damage is located between Fr 25 and 26. The stringer number

corresponds to the longitudinal skin joint from which the damage has

been located. Nevertheless, the exact stringer numbers surrounding

the damage need to be confirmed. For this purpose, the information

provided in the identification page block of the concerned panel has

to be used.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 472/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 468

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DB000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 473/711

MAPPING - CONT'D

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 469

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DB000000001

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)

DETAILED IDENTIFICATION

The "fuselage section division" illustration of chapter 53-00-00 used

before enables the definition of the affected section: "Forward fuselage"

- section 13/14 - chapter 53-20-00. The general illustration of 53-20-00

identifies the main structural arrangement of the forward fuselage. Skin

plates are part of the "MAIN STRUCTURE" covered by section 53-21-00.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 474/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 470

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DB000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 475/711

DETAILED IDENTIFICATION

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 471

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DB000000001

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)

DETAILED IDENTIFICATION (continued)

CONT'D

Following SRM 53-21-00 guidelines, the figure shows that the skin

panels (skin plates) are item number 1. The illustration associated

nomenclature informs us that the full identification of the skin panels

(skin plates) are covered by SRM 53-21-11.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 476/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 472

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DB000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 477/711

DETAILED IDENTIFICATION - CONT'D

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 473

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DB000000001

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)

DETAILED IDENTIFICATION (continued)

CONT'D

All the skin panels (plates) of the forward fuselage are listed within

the nomenclature located at the front page of SRM 53-21-11. Using

the information collected before (affected panel: lower side panel -

left, between Fr 24 & 35 and Stgr 18 & 32), the nomenclature provides

the figure number we have to refer to: "Skin plates - LWR parts LH

Fr 24 to Fr 35: REFER TO Figure 1".

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 478/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 474

U3U06191

-U15T1M0-UM51DB000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 479/711

DETAILED IDENTIFICATION - CONT'D

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 475

U3U06191

-U15T1M0-UM51DB000000001

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)

DETAILED IDENTIFICATION (continued)

CONT'D

The figure 1 identifies two different panels (view A and C). The view

A concerns the skin panel located from Stgr 18LH to 32LH. The view

C concerns the skin panel located from Stgr 32LH to 41LH. According

to the damage mapping, the view A is concerned. The damage has

been located on panel 7 (between Stgr 18LH and 32LH).

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 480/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 476

U3U06191

-U15T1M0-UM51DB000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 481/711

DETAILED IDENTIFICATION - CONT'D

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 477

U3U06191

-U15T1M0-UM51DB000000001

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)

DETAILED IDENTIFICATION (continued)

CONT'D

The view A, identifies all the different items which are part of the

panel (e.g. crack stoppers, doublers...), and a view indication identifies

the skin itself for more details (View D). The view D identifies the

different material thicknesses (letter codes), and all the stringer

locations.

There are two different panel configurations illustrated, showing the

basic version of the panel and an other possible version effective after

the embodiment of production modification(s). Modification numbers

are indicated at the bottom of the page. The next step of the

investigation is to define which of these panels is installed on the

concerned A/C.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 482/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 478

U3U06191

-U15T1M0-UM51DB000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 483/711

DETAILED IDENTIFICATION - CONT'D

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 479

U3U06191

-U15T1M0-UM51DB000000001

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)

DETAILED IDENTIFICATION (continued)

CONT'D

To identify the actual panel, the modification numbers indicated at

the bottom of the page have to be compared with the service

bulletin/modification list, located at the beginning of chapter 53-20-00.

The purpose is to check their effectivity in terms of Manufacturer

Serial Number (MSN).

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 484/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 480

U3U06191

-U15T1M0-UM51DB000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 485/711

DETAILED IDENTIFICATION - CONT'D

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 481

U3U06191

-U15T1M0-UM51DB000000001

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)

DETAILED IDENTIFICATION (continued)

CONT'D

The view D of panel on figure 1, sheet 5 is valid after Modifications

(MODs) 27117P5234 or 2729P5353. Checking the Modification / SB

List at the beginning of chapter 53-20-00, MSN 2057 doesn't appear

in this list of MSN proposed for each of the modification. So the panel

installed on the A/C is a basic version, then, refer to view D figure 1,

sheet 3.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 486/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 482

U3U06191

-U15T1M0-UM51DB000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 487/711

DETAILED IDENTIFICATION - CONT'D

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 483

U3U06191

-U15T1M0-UM51DB000000001

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)DETAILED IDENTIFICATION (continued)

CONT'D

The damage is located between Fr 25 and 26, and is located between

the fourth and the fifth stringer from Stgr 18 LH (longitudinal skin

 joint reference).

This information can be reported onto the illustration and gives:

- the material thickness of the area (code B, giving 1.4 mm (0.055

in)),

- the stringer location: the damage is located between Stgr 22LH and

23LH.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 488/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 484

U3U06191

-U15T1M0-UM51DB000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 489/711

DETAILED IDENTIFICATION - CONT'D

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 485

U3U06191

-U15T1M0-UM51DB000000001

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)DETAILED IDENTIFICATION (continued)

MAPPING (FINALIZATION)

The damage mapping can now be completed with the stringer numbers

and the nominal skin thickness in the dented area. The damage

assessment using the allowable damage page block is the next step.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 490/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 486

U3U06191

-U15T1M0-UM51DB000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 491/711

DETAILED IDENTIFICATION - MAPPING (FINALIZATION)

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 487

U3U06191

-U15T1M0-UM51DB000000001

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)DAMAGE ASSESSMENT

GENERAL

To start the damage assessment refer to the page block 101 of the

relevant chapter/section (53-21-11), and start to read carefully the

procedure. A special attention shall be paid to the notes and cautions.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 492/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 488

U3U06191

-U15T1M0-UM51DB000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 493/711

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - GENERAL

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 489

U3U06191

-U15T1M0-UM51DB000000001

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued)

WEIGHT VARIANT

A caution note indicates that the allowable damage effectivity per

A/C weight variant may have to be verified. The weight variant is a

criterion which is defined for each model of A/C and depending on

its Maximum Take Off Weight (MTWO), Maximum Landing Weight

(MLW), Maximum Zero Fuel Weight (MSFW). The allowable damage

limits are defined per weight variant and for a same model. The weight

variant can change, depending on the modification or Service Bulletin(SB) embodiment status. The actual weight variant of the affected

A/C has to be known before starting the assessment. Because of the

modifications, which could be embodied on the A/C, only the airline

engineering department shall give you this information. The actual

weight variant shall be compared with the data given in a table at the

beginning of allowable damage related paragraph.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 494/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 490

U3U06191

-U15T1M0-UM51DB000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 495/711

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - WEIGHT VARIANT

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 491

U3U06191

-U15T1M0-UM51DB000000001

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued)

DAMAGE CRITERIA

A second caution note indicates that in some cases, an inspection may

be required to check for crack, even if the damage is determined as

being allowable.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 496/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 492

U3U06191

-U15T1M0-UM51DB000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 497/711

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - DAMAGE CRITERIA

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 493

U3U06191

-U15T1M0-UM51DB000000001

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued)

DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)

Check the applicability of the allowable damage for dents.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 498/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 494

U3U06191

-U15T1M0-UM51DB000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 499/711

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 495

U3U06191

-U15T1M0-UM51DB000000001

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued)

DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)

To keep on with the damage assessment procedure, a note asks the

operator to refer to the damage criteria table 101.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 500/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 496

U3U06191

-U15T1M0-UM51DB000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 501/711

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 497

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DB000000001

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued)

DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)

The allowable damage description/criteria table (101), shows two

types of dents:

- dent* referring to paragraph 4B,

- dent ** referring to paragraph 4C.

Note that an Inspection Instruction Reference (IIR) is indicated for

dents*. The first step is to define which paragraph is applicable to

reported dent. Dents are considered as fulfilling nearness/form criterionor out of nearness/form criterion, in accordance with their geometry

and their proximity to the nearest adjacent internal structure elements.

This must be determined according to the parameters defined in figure

104.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 502/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 498

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DB000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

1

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 503/711

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 499

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DB000000001

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued)

DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)

To define whether the dent fulfils or not the nearness/form criterion,

two criteria have to be checked:

- the first criterion consists in checking the smallest distance measured

from the dent edge to any fastener row (frame, stringer) distance B.

This distance should be minimum 15 mm (0.59 in),

- the second criterion consists in comparing the depth of the dent (D)

with the smallest distance measured from the deepest point of the dentto the closest adjacent structure (distance A).

The depth of the dent should be maximum 10% of the distance A. If 

one of these criteria is not met, the dent **, and thus paragraph 4C

(dent not fulfilling criteria) should be taken to keep on with paragraph

4B.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

1

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 504/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 500

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DB000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

1

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 505/711

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 501

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DB000000001

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued)

DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)

The second criterion consists in comparing the depth of the dent (D)

with the smallest distance, measured from the deepest point of the

dent to the closest adjacent structure (distance A). If no access from

inside, the measurement is taken from outside, from the deepest point

of the dent to the closest fastener row (distance X). The distance A

will become distance X - 15 mm, which is the average considered

edge margin.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

1

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 506/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 502

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DB00000000

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

01

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 507/711

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 503

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DB00000000

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued)

DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)

Check for the first criterion to be fulfilled. B distance : minimum 15

mm. The smallest distance measured between the edge of the dent

and the surrounding fastener rows is 29 mm, which is higher than 15

mm. The first criterion is met.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

01

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 508/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 504

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DB00000000

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

01

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 509/711

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 505

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DB00000000

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued)

DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)

Check for the second criterion to be fulfilled: the depth of the dent

should be maximum 10% of the distance A. The distance measurement

has been done from outside: the smallest distance between the deepest

point of the dent and the surrounding fastener row is 66 mm. Since

measured from outside, distance A = 66 mm - 15 mm = 51 mm; 10%

of A = 5.1 mm. The second criterion is also fulfilled since the depth

of the dent (D = 4.5 mm) is smaller than 10% of A.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

01

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 510/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 506

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DB00000000

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

01

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 511/711

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 507

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DB0000000

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued)

DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)

The dent fulfils "nearness/form criterion", then refer to paragraph 4.B.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 512/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 508

U3U0619

1-U15T1M0-UM51DB0000000

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 513/711

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 509

U3U0619

1-U15T1M0-UM51DB0000000

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued)

DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)

As mentioned in a caution at the beginning of the allowable damage

pages, the allowable damage applicability have to be checked, using

the weight variant table (table 102) given at the beginning of the

paragraph. The information coming from the airline-engineering

department shows that the MSN 2057 is at weight variant 001.

Checking the table 102, weight variant 001 is included in, and thus

the following allowable damage information can be used.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 514/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 510

U3U0619

1-U15T1M0-UM51DB0000000

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 515/711

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 511

U3U0619

1-U15T1M0-UM51DB0000000

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued)

DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)

Compare the dents in accordance with diagram 103.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 516/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 512

U3U0619

1-U15T1M0-UM51DB0000000

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

0001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 517/711

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 513

U3U0619

1-U15T1M0-UM51DB000000

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued)

ALLOWABLE DENT DIAGRAM

The skin thickness in the dented area, and the depth of the dent, are

the keys to get into to diagram. You must refer to the data collected

before (damage mapping).

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

0001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 518/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 514

U3U0619

1-U15T1M0-UM51DB000000

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

0001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 519/711

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - ALLOWABLE DENT DIAGRAM

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 515

U3U0619

1-U15T1M0-UM51DB000000

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued)

ALLOWABLE DENT DIAGRAM (CONT'D)

The skin thickness in the dented area is 1.4 mm (found in the

identification pages). The depth of the dent is 4.5mm (measured from

the A/C damage mapping). These two values are plotted onto the

diagram, which defines a point. The area where this point is located

defines the subsequent actions to be performed. For the concerned

dent, the actions to be performed are as follow: "check damage for

cracks by detailed visual examination. If clear, repair within 3000FC". Provided that no crack is detected by detailed visual inspection,

the dent is considered as an allowable damage with a time limit

(temporary allowable damage). The A/C can be released. But a repair

will have to be done before 3000 Flight Cycles (FC).

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

0001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 520/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 516

U3U0619

1-U15T1M0-UM51DB000000

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

0001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 521/711

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - ALLOWABLE DENT DIAGRAM (CONT'D)

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 517

U3U0619

1-U15T1M0-UM51DB000000

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)INTRODUCTION

The purpose of this example is to present you the complete procedure to

be followed when a damage is discovered, from the damage mapping

draft to the final structure damage assessment. This example was chosen

as it represents one of the more usual types of damage on the A/C and

enables to make an in depth investigation with all the different stages.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

00001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 522/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 518

U3U0619

1-U15T1M0-UM51DC00000

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

00001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 523/711

INTRODUCTION

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 519

U3U0619

1-U15T1M0-UM51DC00000

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)

IDENTIFICATION OF THE DAMAGE

The damage is located onto the fuselage skin, thus, all the information

regarding the identification of the part, allowable damage and repair, if 

any, are to be found within the chapter 53 of the SRM. All the information

regarding the damage classification or the rework, if any, are to be found

within SRM chapter 51. The applicable damage is a scratch with no

visible crack. At this stage: take visual reference to facilitate damage

location. Such as, a forward or an aft passenger door, or a cargo door,

above or below the cabin floor level at stringer (Stgr) 23, near a

longitudinal or circumferential skin joint, etc...

If the scratch is near a rivet row, an internal visual inspection is required

to determine whether the internal structure (frame, stringer, etc...) is also

damaged or not.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

00001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 524/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 520

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DC00000

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

00001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 525/711

IDENTIFICATION OF THE DAMAGE

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 521

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DC00000

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)

MAPPING

Using the SRM 51-11-13 as a guide, the maximum information should

be taken from the A/C before starting any assessment. (measurement and

location of the maximum depth, distance of rework edges to the nearest

fastener rows, existing closest skin joints or any other visible structure

that will help in the detailed location of the damage, etc...).

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

00001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 526/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 522

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DC00000

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 527/711

MAPPING

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 523

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DC0000

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)

MAPPING (continued)

CONT'D

Using the data collected from the A/C, the mapping should be

completed by determining the exact location (in terms of frame

numbers and stringer numbers). For this purpose refer to the beginning

of chapter 53 - fuselage.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 528/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 524

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DC0000

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 529/711

MAPPING - CONT'D

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 525

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DC0000

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)

MAPPING (continued)

CONT'D

The illustration of chapter 53-00-00 enables the operator to determine

the circumferential skin joints related frame numbers.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 530/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 526

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DC0000

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 531/711

MAPPING - CONT'D

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 527

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DC0000

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)

MAPPING (continued)

CONT'D

Using the frame identification illustration of chapter 53-00-00, and

the data collected during the damage mapping, the frames surrounding

the damage can be determined.

According to the mapping information, the damage is located between

the first and the second frame after the circumferential joint located

at frame (Fr) 64. Consequently the damage is located between Fr 62

and 63.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 532/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 528

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DC000

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

0000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 533/711

MAPPING - CONT'D

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 529

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DC000

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)

MAPPING (continued)

CONT'D

To complete the damage location, the stringers surrounding the damage

also need to be determined. For this purpose, the "General Panel

Identification" illustrations, proposed within chapter 53-00-00 can be

used. According to the data collected on the A/C and the location of 

the damage from the existing longitudinal skin joints, the affected

panel can be determined. For this example, the damage is located on

panel 8 - lower side shell - located between Stgr 18 & 32, and Fr 47& 64.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

0000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 534/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 530

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DC000

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

0000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 535/711

MAPPING - CONT'D

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 531

U3U061

91-U15T1M0-UM51DC000

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)

MAPPING (continued)

CONT'D

The collected information can be reported onto the damage mapping.

The damage is located between Fr 62 and 63. The stringer number

corresponds to the longitudinal skin joint from which the damage has

been located. Nevertheless, the exact stringer numbers surrounding

the damage need to be confirmed. For this purpose, the information

provided in the identification page block of the concerned panel has

to be used.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

0000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 536/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 532

U3U061

91-U15T1M0-UM51DC000

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

0000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 537/711

MAPPING - CONT'D

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 533

U3U061

91-U15T1M0-UM51DC00

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)

DETAILED IDENTIFICATION

The "Fuselage Section Division" illustration of chapter 53-00-00 used

before, enables the definition of the affected section: rear fuselage -

section 17 - chapter 53-40-00". The general illustration of 53-40-00

identifies the main structural arrangement of the forward fuselage. The

skin plates are part of the main structure covered by the section 53-41-00.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

00000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 538/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 534

U3U061

91-U15T1M0-UM51DC00

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

00000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 539/711

DETAILED IDENTIFICATION

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 535

U3U061

91-U15T1M0-UM51DC00

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)

DETAILED IDENTIFICATION (continued)

CONT'D

Following SRM 53-41-00 guidelines, the figure shows that the skin

panels (skin plates) are item number 5. The illustration associated

nomenclature informs us that the full identification of the skin panels

(skin plates) are covered by SRM 53-41-11.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

00000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 540/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 536

U3U061

91-U15T1M0-UM51DC00

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

00000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 541/711

DETAILED IDENTIFICATION - CONT'D

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 537

U3U061

91-U15T1M0-UM51DC00

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)

DETAILED IDENTIFICATION (continued)

CONT'D

All skin panels (plates) of the forward fuselage are listed within the

nomenclature located at the front page of SRM 53-41-11. Using the

information collected before (affected panel : lower side panel - left,

between Fr 47 & 64 and Stgr 18 & 32), the nomenclature provides

the figure number we have to refer to: "Skin plates - LWR parts LH

Fr 47 to Fr 64: Refer To Figure 6".

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

00000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 542/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 538

U3U061

91-U15T1M0-UM51DC00

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 543/711

DETAILED IDENTIFICATION - CONT'D

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 539

U3U061

91-U15T1M0-UM51DC0

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)

DETAILED IDENTIFICATION (continued)

CONT'D

The figure 6, identifies two different panels configurations (view A

and B):

- the view A applies to the basic version of the skin panel,

- the view B applies to the evolution of the skin panel.

So, there are two different panel configurations illustrated, showing

the basic version of the panel and an other possible version effective

after the embodiment of production modification(s). The modification

numbers are indicated at the bottom of the page. The next step of the

investigation is to define which of these panels is installed on the

concerned A/C.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 544/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 540

U3U061

91-U15T1M0-UM51DC0

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 545/711

DETAILED IDENTIFICATION - CONT'D

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 541

U3U061

91-U15T1M0-UM51DC0

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)

DETAILED IDENTIFICATION (continued)

CONT'D

To identify the actual panel, the modification numbers indicated at

the bottom of the page have to be compared with the service

bulletin/modification list (located at the beginning of chapter

53-40-00). In this list, the effectivity in terms of Manufacturer Serial

Number (MSN) has to be checked.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 546/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 542

U3U061

91-U15T1M0-UM51DC0

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 547/711

DETAILED IDENTIFICATION - CONT'D

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 543

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DC0

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)

DETAILED IDENTIFICATION (continued)

CONT'D

The view B of the panel on figure 1, sheet 5 is valid after Modifications

(MODs) 21468K1489A, 22083K2232B, 24958K4082D or

31012K7082. Checking the Modification/Service Bulletin (SB) List

at the beginning of chapter 53-40-00, it appears that our MSN (2042)

is in this list of MSN proposed for the MOD number 31012K7082.

So, the panel installed on the A/C is a modified version, then refer to

view B figure 6, sheet 2.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

C000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 548/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 544

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DC

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

C000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 549/711

DETAILED IDENTIFICATION - CONT'D

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 545

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DC

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)

DETAILED IDENTIFICATION (continued)

CONT'D

The damage is located between Fr 62 and 63, and is located between

the sixth and the eighth stringer from Stgr 18 (longitudinal skin joint

reference).

This information can be reported onto the illustration and gives:

- the material thickness of the area (code C, giving 1.6 mm (0.063 in),

- the stringer location: the damage is located between Stgr 23LH and

25LH.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

C000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 550/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 546

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DC

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

C000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 551/711

DETAILED IDENTIFICATION - CONT'D

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 547

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DC

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)

DETAILED IDENTIFICATION (continued)

MAPPING (FINALIZATION)

The damage mapping can now be completed with the stringer numbers

and the nominal skin thickness in the scratched area. The damage

assessment using the allowable damage page block is the next step.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

C000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 552/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 548

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DC

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

C000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 553/711

DETAILED IDENTIFICATION - MAPPING (FINALIZATION)

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 549

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DC

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT

To start the damage assessments refer to the page block 101 of the relevant

chapter/section (53-41-11). And start to read carefully the procedure. A

special attention shall be paid to the notes and cautions.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

C000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 554/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 550

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DC

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DC000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 555/711

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 551

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued)

DAMAGE CRITERIA

Read carefully all the cautions, they could give you information on

the assessment. A second caution note indicates that in some cases,

an inspection may be required to check for crack, even if the damage

is determined as being allowable.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DC000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 556/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 552

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DC000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 557/711

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - DAMAGE CRITERIA

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 553

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51D

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued)

DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)

In the allowable damage description/criteria table (101), the paragraph

4A has to be acknowledged for reworks.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DC000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 558/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 554

U3U06

191-U15T1M0-UM51D

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DC000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 559/711

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 555

U3U06

191-U15T1M0-UM51D

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued)

DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)

Check the applicability of the allowable damage for reworks.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DC000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 560/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 556

U3U06

191-U15T1M0-UM51D

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DC000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 561/711

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 557

U3U06

191-U15T1M0-UM51D

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued)

WEIGHT VARIANT

A caution note indicates that the allowable damage effectivity per

A/C weight variant may have to be verified. The weight variant is a

criterion, which is defined for each model of A/C and depending on

its Maximum Take Off Weight (MTOW), Maximum Landing Weight

(MLW), and Maximum Zero Fuel Weight (MZFW). The allowable

damage limits are defined per weight variant and for a same model.

The weight variant can change depending on modification or SB

embodiment status. The actual weight variant of the affected A/C has

to be known before starting the assessment. Because of the

modifications, which could be embodied on the A/C, only the

airline-engineering department shall give you this information. The

actual weight variant shall be compared with the data given in a table

in introduction pages.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DC000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 562/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 558

U3U06

191-U15T1M0-UM51

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

1DC000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 563/711

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - WEIGHT VARIANT

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 559

U3U06

191-U15T1M0-UM51

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued)

WEIGHT VARIANT (CONT'D)

As mentioned in a caution at the beginning of the allowable damage

pages, the allowable damage applicability has to be checked, using

the weight variant exclusion table (table 4) given at the introduction

of the SRM. The information coming from the airline-engineering

department shows that the MSN 2042 is at weight variant 010.

Checking the table 4, the weight variant 010 is included in and thus,

the following allowable damage information can be used.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

1DC000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 564/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 560

U3U06

191-U15T1M0-UM51

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

1DC000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 565/711

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - WEIGHT VARIANT (CONT'D)

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 561

U3U06

191-U15T1M0-UM51

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued)

DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)

Two diagrams are given, one for riveted areas and one for unriveted

areas.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

1DC000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 566/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 562

U3U06

191-U15T1M0-UM5

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

1DC000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 567/711

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 563

U3U06

191-U15T1M0-UM5

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued)

DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)

The parameters of the rework have to be determined to be sure that

we are dealing with the correct diagram.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

51DC000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 568/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 564

U3U06

191-U15T1M0-UM5

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

51DC000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 569/711

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 565

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM5

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued)

DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)

To determine which diagram to use, we have to check if the damage

is located in a riveted area. A riveted area extends from less than 15

mm (0.590 in) all around a rivet. In the applicable damage, the riveted

area and the unriveted area have to be acknowledged. The maximum

depths of the scratch in riveted and unriveted areas have to be

acknowledged too.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

51DC000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 570/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 566

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM5

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

51DC000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 571/711

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 567

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM5

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued)

DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)

To be allowable, the rework width has to be equal or longer than forty

times the depth.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

51DC000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 572/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 568

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

M51DC000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 573/711

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 569

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued)

DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)

To complete the diagram, the maximum depth of the rework has to

be expressed as a percentage of the damaged skin thickness.

Those two values (found before) are plotted onto the diagram, which

defines a point. The area where this point is located defines the

subsequent actions to be performed.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

M51DC000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 574/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 570

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

M51DC000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 575/711

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 571

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued)

DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)

Check for the first criterion to be fulfilled: the width of the damage

must be at least 40 x T. The depth of the depression in the riveted area

is 0.2 mm; 40*0.2 = 8 mm. The width of the depression is 18.5 mm,

which is higher than 8 mm. So, the first criterion is met.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

M51DC000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 576/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 572

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

M51DC000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 577/711

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 573

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued)

DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)

To complete the diagram, the maximum depth of the rework in the

riveted area has to be expressed as a percentage of the damaged skin

thickness.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

M51DC000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 578/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 574

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

M51DC000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 579/711

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 575

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued)

ALLOWABLE REWORK DIAGRAM

The depth of the rework as percentage of the skin thickness in

unriveted area, and the length of the rework, are the key to get into to

diagram. You must refer to the data collected before. These two values

are plotted onto the diagram, which defines a point. The area where

this point is located defines the subsequent actions to be performed.

For the concerned rework, read the note: "Check damage for cracks.

Remove damage up to depression depth "T" (section view). Renew

surface protection and repair after 50 flights at the latest". Providedthat no crack is detected by detailed visual inspection, the rework is

considered as an allowable damage with a time limit (temporary

allowable damage). The A/C can be released. But a repair will have

to be done before 50 flights.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

M51DC000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 580/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 576

U3U0

6191-U15T1M0-UM

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

M51DC000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 581/711

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - ALLOWABLE REWORK DIAGRAM

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 577

U3U0

6191-U15T1M0-UM

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued)

ALLOWABLE REWORK DIAGRAM (CONT'D)

This diagram enables to determine if the damage is allowable, and

the condition of allowability.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

UM51DC000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 582/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 578

U3U0

6191-U15T1M0-U

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

UM51DC000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 583/711

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - ALLOWABLE REWORK DIAGRAM (CONT'D)

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 579

U3U0

6191-U15T1M0-U

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - CONCLUSION

In the allowable example, two assessments have been done, the more

restrictive one has to be acknowledged. So, the damage has to be checked

for cracks, damage up to depression depth has to be removed, the surface

has to be renewed and the A/C has to be repaired after 50 flights at the

latest.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

UM51DC000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 584/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 580

U3U0

6191-U15T1M0-U

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

UM51DC000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 585/711

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - CONCLUSION

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 581

U3U0

6191-U15T1M0-U

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)

INTRODUCTION

The purpose of this example is to present you, the complete procedure

to be followed when a damage is discovered, from the damage mapping

draft to the final structure damage assessment. This example was chosen

as it represents one of the more usual types of damage on the A/C and

enables to make an in depth investigation with all the different stages.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

UM51DL000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 586/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 582

U3U0

6191-U15T1M0-U

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

UM51DL000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 587/711

INTRODUCTION

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 583

U3U0

6191-U15T1M0-U

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)

IDENTIFICATION OF THE DAMAGE

The damage is located onto the fuselage skin, thus, all the information

regarding the identification of the part, allowable damage and repair, if 

any, are to be found within chapter 53 of the SRM. Information

concerning the damage classification and reporting are to be found within

SRM chapter 51-11-00. The applicable damage is a scratch with no visible

crack.

At this stage: take visual reference to facilitate damage location.

Such as, forward or an aft passengers door, or a cargo door, above or

below cabin floor level at stringer (Stgr) 23, near a longitudinal orcircumferential joint, etc...).

If the scratch is near a rivet row, an internal visual inspection is required

to determine whether the internal structure (frame, stringer, etc...) is also

damaged or not.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

UM51DL000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 588/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 584

U3U0

6191-U15T1M0-U

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

UM51DL000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 589/711

IDENTIFICATION OF THE DAMAGE

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 585

U3U0

6191-U15T1M0-

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)

MAPPING

DRAFT

Using the SRM 51-11-13 as a guide, the maximum information should

be taken from the A/C before starting any assessment (measurement

and location of the maximum depth, distance from dent edges to the

nearest fastener rows, existing closest skin joints or any other visible

structure that will help in the detailed location of the damage, etc...).

The damage is located onto the fuselage skin, thus, all the information

regarding the identification of the part, allowable damage and repair,

if any, are to be found within the chapter 53 of the SRM.

NOTE: on the affected panel, there are no stringer rivet rows, thus,

stringers, if any, should be welded onto the skin: it is not

possible to identify the stringer references.

As a consequence, it is necessary to measure the distance from a

longitudinal skin joint to the dent maximum depth, in order to get a

reference for the location of the dent. This reference will be compared

with the welded stringer references coming from the SRM, page blocks

101 and 201 (see next pages).

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

UM51DL000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 590/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 586

U3U0

6191-U15T1M0-

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

UM51DL000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 591/711

MAPPING - DRAFT

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 587

U3U0

6191-U15T1M0-

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)

MAPPING (continued)

CIRCUMFERENTIAL SKIN JOINT IDENTIFICATION

The illustration of the chapter 53-00-00 enables the operator to

determine the circumferential joints related frame numbers. In the

given example, the damage is located in the aft center fuselage section,

with the circumferential skin joints at Fr 47/54 and Fr 64.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

-UM51DL000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 592/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 588

U3U06191-U15T1M0-

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

-UM51DL000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 593/711

MAPPING - CIRCUMFERENTIAL SKIN JOINT IDENTIFICATION

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 589

U3U06191-U15T1M0-

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)

MAPPING (continued)

CIRCUMFERENTIAL SKIN JOINT IDENTIFICATION

(CONT'D)

Using the frame identification illustration of chapter 53-00-00, and

the data collected during the damage mapping, the frames surrounding

the damage can be determined. According to the mapping information,

the damage is located between the fourth and the fifth frame before

the circumferential skin joint located at frame (Fr) 64. Consequently

the damage is located between Fr 59 and 60.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

-UM51DL000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 594/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 590

U3U06191-U15T1M0-

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

-UM51DL000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 595/711

MAPPING - CIRCUMFERENTIAL SKIN JOINT IDENTIFICATION (CONT'D)

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 591

U3U06191-U15T1M0

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)

MAPPING (continued)

LONGITUDINAL SKIN JOINT AND PANEL

IDENTIFICATION (CONT'D)

To complete the damage location, the stringers surrounding the damage

also need to be determined. For this purpose, the "General Panel

Identification" illustrations, proposed within chapter 53-00-00, can

be used. According to the data collected on the A/C and the location

of the damage from the existing longitudinal skin joints, the affected

panel can be determined. For this example, the damage is located on

panel 5 - lower side shell - located between Stgr 32 LH and 41 RH,and Fr 47/54 and 64. As seen before, this panel is a welded

skin/stringer panel, thus, refer to page block 101 to determine the

stringers position.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

-UM51DL000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 596/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 592

U3U06191-U15T1M0

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

-UM51DL000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 597/711

MAPPING - LONGITUDINAL SKIN JOINT AND PANEL IDENTIFICATION (CONT'D)

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 593

U3U06191-U15T1M0

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)

MAPPING (continued)

WELDED STRINGERS POSITION

First, refer to the page block 101 of the relevant chapter/section

(53-41-11) and start to read carefully the procedure. Refer to the

allowable damage description/criteria table to find the concerned

paragraph (4F): "Fuselage Skin Plates Fr 47 / 54 Thru Fr 64 Between

Stgr 32 LH and Stgr 41 RH (Welded Panel)".

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

0-UM51DL000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 598/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 594

U3U06191-U15T1M0

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

0-UM51DL000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 599/711

MAPPING - WELDED STRINGERS POSITION

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 595

U3U06191-U15T1M0

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)

MAPPING (continued)

WELDED STRINGERS POSITION (CONT'D)

Read the notes within the relevant paragraph to find information about

the definition and determination of undisturbed skin (unwelded and

unriveted).

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

0-UM51DL000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 600/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 596

U3U06191-U15T1M0

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

0-UM51DL000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 601/711

MAPPING - WELDED STRINGERS POSITION (CONT'D)

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 597

U3U06191-U15T1M0

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)

MAPPING (continued)

WELDED STRINGERS POSITION (CONT'D)

This figure shows how unwelded and unriveted areas, welded areas,

riveted areas and coupling areas are defined. Two methods of 

measurement are given, we look at measurement from outside, a flag

refers to SRM chapter 53-41-11 page block 201 to get stringer

positions on a welded panel.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

0-UM51DL000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 602/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 598

U3U06191-U15T1M0

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

M0-UM51DL000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 603/711

MAPPING - WELDED STRINGERS POSITION (CONT'D)

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 599

U3U

06191-U15T1M

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)

MAPPING (continued)

WELDED STRINGERS POSITION (CONT'D)

This diagram provides the distances from the lap joint 41RH to all

welded stringers, at each frame location. Therefore a new mapping is

required. The distance from the lap joint (Stgr 41RH) to the dent

maximum depth (at Fr 60) becomes 825 mm.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

M0-UM51DL000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 604/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 600

U3U

06191-U15T1M

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

M0-UM51DL000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 605/711

MAPPING - WELDED STRINGERS POSITION (CONT'D)

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 601

U3U

06191-U15T1M

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)

MAPPING (continued)

WELDED STRINGERS POSITION (CONT'D)

This distance (825 mm) must be compared with the distances from

the lap joint 41RH to the welded stringers, to locate the dent.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

M0-UM51DL000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 606/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 602

U3U

06191-U15T1M

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

M0-UM51DL000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 607/711

MAPPING - WELDED STRINGERS POSITION (CONT'D)

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 603

U3U

06191-U15T1M

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)

MAPPING (continued)

WELDED STRINGERS POSITION (CONT'D)

We conclude that the dent is located between Stgr 40 and 41LH and

it is now possible to finalize the draft (see next page).

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

M0-UM51DL000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 608/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 604

U3U

06191-U15T1M

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

M0-UM51DL000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 609/711

MAPPING - WELDED STRINGERS POSITION (CONT'D)

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 605

U3U

06191-U15T1M

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)

DETAILED IDENTIFICATION

The "fuselage section division" illustration of chapter 53-00-00 used

before enables the definition of the affected section: aft center fuselage,

part of rear fuselage - section 16/17 - chapter 53-40-00. The general

illustration of the chapter 53-40-00 identifies the main structural

arrangement of the rear fuselage. The skin plates are part of the main

structure covered by the section 53-41-00.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

M0-UM51DL000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 610/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 606

U3U

06191-U15T1M

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

M0-UM51DL000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 611/711

DETAILED IDENTIFICATION

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 607

U3U

06191-U15T1M

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)

DETAILED IDENTIFICATION (continued)

DETAILED IDENTIFICATION (CONT'D)

Following SRM 53-41-00 guidelines, the figure shows that the skin

panels (skin plates) are item number 5. The identification table informs

us that the full identification of the skin panels (skin plates) are covered

by SRM 53-41-11.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

M0-UM51DL000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 612/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 608

U3U

06191-U15T1

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

1M0-UM51DL000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 613/711

DETAILED IDENTIFICATION - DETAILED IDENTIFICATION (CONT'D)

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 609

U3U

06191-U15T1

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)

DETAILED IDENTIFICATION (continued)

DETAILED IDENTIFICATION (CONT'D)

The identification table of SRM 53-41-11 refers to the figure 3 sheet

2 for the skin panel located between Fr 58A & Fr 64, and Stgr 41RH

& Stgr 32LH.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

1M0-UM51DL000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 614/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 610

U3U

06191-U15T1

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

1M0-UM51DL000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 615/711

DETAILED IDENTIFICATION - DETAILED IDENTIFICATION (CONT'D)

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 611

U3U

06191-U15T1

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)

DETAILED IDENTIFICATION (continued)

DETAILED IDENTIFICATION (CONT'D)

The damaged panel is illustrated onto two sheets. According to the

figure 3 sheet 1, the damaged panel is item number 1.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

1M0-UM51DL000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 616/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 612

U3U

06191-U15T

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

1M0-UM51DL000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 617/711

DETAILED IDENTIFICATION - DETAILED IDENTIFICATION (CONT'D)

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 613

U3U

06191-U15T

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)

DETAILED IDENTIFICATION (continued)

DETAILED IDENTIFICATION (CONT'D)

There is no modification associated to item 1 thus: it is the basic panel.

No other item/Part Number (P/N) with associated Modification

(MOD)/Service Bulletins (SB) status is available in the nomenclature

table so, the skin panel of MSN 2218 is the Part Number (P/N)

D53479410202.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

T1M0-UM51DL000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 618/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 614

U3U

06191-U15T

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

T1M0-UM51DL000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 619/711

DETAILED IDENTIFICATION - DETAILED IDENTIFICATION (CONT'D)

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 615

U3U

06191-U15T

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)

DETAILED IDENTIFICATION (continued)

DETERMINATION OF SKIN THICKNESS IN DENTED

AREA

The damage is located between Fr 59 & 60, and Stgr 40LH & 41LH.

This information can be reported onto the illustration and gives the

skin thickness in the dented area (code B, giving 1.6 mm (0.063 in)).

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

T1M0-UM51DL000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 620/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 616

U3U

06191-U15T

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

T1M0-UM51DL000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 621/711

DETAILED IDENTIFICATION - DETERMINATION OF SKIN THICKNESS IN DENTED AREA

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 617

U3U

06191-U15T

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)

DETAILED IDENTIFICATION (continued)

MAPPING (FINALIZATION)

The damage mapping can now be completed with the stringer numbers

and the nominal skin thickness in the dented area. As the mapping is

at scale 1:1, we can measure the distance between Stgr 40LH and the

deepest point of the dent (59 mm), and the distance between Stgr 40

and the edge of the dent (49 mm). The damage assessment using the

allowable damage page block 101 is the next step.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

T1M0-UM51DL000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 622/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 618

U3U

06191-U15T

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

T1M0-UM51DL000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 623/711

DETAILED IDENTIFICATION - MAPPING (FINALIZATION)

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 619

U3U

06191-U15T

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT

GENERAL

To start the damage assessments refer to the page block 101 of the

relevant chapter/section (53-41-11), and start to read carefully the

procedure. A special attention shall be paid to the notes and cautions.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

5T1M0-UM51DL000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 624/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 620

U3U

06191-U15

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

5T1M0-UM51DL000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 625/711

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - GENERAL

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 621

U3U06191-U15

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued)

WEIGHT VARIANT

In the relevant paragraph 4F (fuselage skin plates Fr 47/54 thru Fr 64

between Stgr 32 LH and Stgr 41 RH (welded panel)), a caution note

indicates that the allowable damage effectivity per A/C weight variant

may have to be verified.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

5T1M0-UM51DL000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 626/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 622

U3U06191-U15

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

5T1M0-UM51DL000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 627/711

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - WEIGHT VARIANT

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 623

U3U06191-U15

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued)

WEIGHT VARIANT (CONT'D)

The weight variant is a criterion which is defined for each model of 

A/C and depending on its Maximum Take Off Weight (MTOW),

Maximum Landing Weight (MLW), and Maximum Zero Fuel Weight

(MZFW). The allowable damage limits are defined per weight variant

and, for a same model, the weight variant can change, depending on

modification or SB embodiment status. The current weight variant of 

the affected A/C has to be known before starting the assessment. If 

the A/C weight variant is not within the table, a damage report has to

be sent to Airbus.

Depending on SB/Mod since A/C delivery, only the airline-engineering

department is able to give you the current A/C weight variant. The

current weight variant shall be compared with the data given in a table

at the beginning of allowable damage related paragraph.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

5T1M0-UM51DL000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 628/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 624

U3U06191-U15

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

5T1M0-UM51DL000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 629/711

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - WEIGHT VARIANT (CONT'D)

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 625

U3U06191-U1

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued)

DAMAGE CRITERIA

A second caution note indicates that in some cases, an inspection

program has to be followed.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

15T1M0-UM51DL000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 630/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 626

U3U06191-U1

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

15T1M0-UM51DL000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 631/711

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - DAMAGE CRITERIA

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 627

U3U06191-U1

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued)

DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)

Check the applicability of the allowable damage for dents.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

15T1M0-UM51DL000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 632/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 628

U3U06191-U1

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

15T1M0-UM51DL000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 633/711

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 629

U3U06191-U

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued)

DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)

Refer to paragraph 4F for dents. Dents are considered as fulfilling

nearness/form criterion or out of nearness/form criterion in accordance

with their geometry and their proximity to the nearest adjacent internal

structure elements. This must be determined according to the

parameters defined in figure 114 and diagram 102.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U15T1M0-UM51DL000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 634/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 630

U3U06191-U

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U15T1M0-UM51DL000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 635/711

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 631

U3U06191-U

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued)

AREA OF RIVETED SUBSTRUCTURE

In areas of riveted substructure, to define whether the dent fulfils

nearness/form criterion, two criteria have to be checked. Refer to

figure 114 sheet 1. B must be at least 15 mm, where B is the smallest

distance measured from the dent edge to any fastener row or any

cutout. D must be maximum 10 % of A, where D is the maximum

depth of the dent and A is the smallest distance measured from D

point to the closest adjacent structure.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U15T1M0-UM51DL000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 636/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 632

U3

U06191-U

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U15T1M0-UM51DL000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 637/711

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - AREA OF RIVETED SUBSTRUCTURE

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 633

U3

U06191-U

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued)

AREA OF RIVETED SUBSTRUCTURE (CONT'D)

Check whether the first criterion is fulfilled: B distance is minimum

15 mm.

The smallest distance measured between the edge of the dent and the

surrounding fastener rows is 95 mm, which is higher than 15 mm.

The first criterion is met.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U15T1M0-UM51DL000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 638/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 634

U3

U06191-U

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U15T1M0-UM51DL000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 639/711

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - AREA OF RIVETED SUBSTRUCTURE (CONT'D)

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 635

U3

U06191-U

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued)

AREA OF RIVETED SUBSTRUCTURE (CONT'D)

The second criterion consists in comparing the maximum depth of 

the dent (D) with the smallest distance measured from the deepest

point of the dent to the closest adjacent structure (distance A). If no

access from inside, the measurement is taken from outside. In this

case, A is X-15 mm, where X is the distance between the deepest

point and the closest fastener row.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U15T1M0-UM51DL000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 640/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 636

U3

U06191-U

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U15T1M0-UM51DL000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 641/711

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - AREA OF RIVETED SUBSTRUCTURE (CONT'D)

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 637

U3

U06191-

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued)

AREA OF RIVETED SUBSTRUCTURE (CONT'D)

Check whether the second criterion is fulfilled: D less or equal to 10

% of A. The depth of the dent should be maximum 10% of the distance

A. The smallest distance between the deepest point of the dent and

the surrounding fastener rows is 221 mm. Since measured from

outside, distance A = 221 mm - 15 mm = 206 mm. The second

criterion is met: D = 3 mm is smaller than 10 % of A.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U15T1M0-UM51DL000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 642/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 638

U3

U06191-

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U15T1M0-UM51DL000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 643/711

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - AREA OF RIVETED SUBSTRUCTURE (CONT'D)

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 639

U3

U06191-

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued)

AREA OF UNRIVETED SUBSTRUCTURE

In areas of unriveted substructure, to define whether the dent fulfils

the nearness/form criterion, two criteria have to be checked. Refer to

figure 114 sheet 2. Dent should be out of the welded area. D is

maximum 10 % of A, where D is the maximum depth of the dent and

A is the distance measured from D point to the boundary of the welded

area. Figure 114 sheet 2 informs us to refer to figure 115 for welded

areas.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U15T1M0-UM51DL000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 644/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 640

U3

U06191-

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

-U15T1M0-UM51DL000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 645/711

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - AREA OF UNRIVETED SUBSTRUCTURE

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 641

U3

U06191-

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued)

DEFINITION OF AREAS (CONT'D)

This figure defines that a welded area is delimited by 25 mm up and

down the stringer.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

-U15T1M0-UM51DL000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 646/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 642

U3

U06191-

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

-U15T1M0-UM51DL000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 647/711

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - DEFINITION OF AREAS (CONT'D)

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 643

U3

U06191

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued)

AREA OF UNRIVETED SUBSTRUCTURE (CONT'D)

The welded area of 50 mm width has been reported on the mapping;

the first criterion is fulfilled as the dent is out of the welded area.

Check whether the second criteria is fulfilled: D 10 % A. The dent

fulfils both nearness form/criterion for unriveted area and riveted area,

thus continue the damage assessment.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

-U15T1M0-UM51DL000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 648/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 644

U3U06191

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

-U15T1M0-UM51DL000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 649/711

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - AREA OF UNRIVETED SUBSTRUCTURE (CONT'D)

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 645

U3U06191

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued)

DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)

As mentioned in a caution at the beginning of the allowable damage

pages, the allowable damage applicability have to be checked, using

the weight variant table (table 107) given at the beginning of the

paragraph. The information coming from the airline-engineering

department shows that the MSN 2218 is at weight variant 004. Since

the weight variant 004 is within table 107, continue the damage

assessment.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

-U15T1M0-UM51DL000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 650/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 646

U3U06191

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

1-U15T1M0-UM51DL00000000

1

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 651/711

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 647

U3U06191

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued)

DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)

Before starting comparing the dents in accordance with diagram 102

as mentioned in paragraph 2, read the paragraph 3.

We have checked that the dent is out of riveted areas and welded areas,

if we look at figure 115 we see that the dent is also out of coupling

areas.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

1-U15T1M0-UM51DL00000000

1

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 652/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 648

U3U06191

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

1-U15T1M0-UM51DL00000000

1

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 653/711

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 649

U3U06191

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued)

ALLOWABLE DENT DIAGRAM

The key to the allowable damage diagram is the skin thickness in

dented area and the dent depth. You must refer to the data collected

before (damage mapping). The diagram is associated to requirements

already checked at an early stage.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

1-U15T1M0-UM51DL00000000

1

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 654/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 650

U3U0619

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

1-U15T1M0-UM51DL00000000

1

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 655/711

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - ALLOWABLE DENT DIAGRAM

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 651

U3U0619

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued)

ALLOWABLE DENT DIAGRAM (CONT'D)

The skin thickness in the dented area is 1.6 mm (found in the

identification pages). The depth of the dent is 4 mm (measured from

the A/C-damage mapping). These two values are plotted onto the

diagram, which defines a point. The area where this point is located

defines the subsequent actions to be performed. For the concerned

dent read the note: "Check Damage For Cracks By Detailed Visual

Examination. If Clear, repair Within 3000 FC". Provided that no crack 

is detected by detailed visual inspection, the dent is considered as an

allowable damage with a time limit (temporary allowable damage).The A/C can be released. But a repair will have to be done before

3000 Flight Cycles (FC). If cracked, contact Airbus or repair before

next flight.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

91-U15T1M0-UM51DL00000000

1

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 656/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 652

U3U0619

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

91-U15T1M0-UM51DL00000000

1

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 657/711

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - ALLOWABLE DENT DIAGRAM (CONT'D)

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 653

U3U0619

STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3)

SOURCES OF DAMAGE

Throughout its operational life, the aircraft structure is subjected to

different types of damage:

- fatigue damage (cracking),

- accidental damage (e.g. bird impact, ground handling,...),

- deteriorations due to environmental and operating conditions (lightning

strike, corrosion, ...).

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

91-U15T1M0-UM51DD000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 658/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 654

U3U0619

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

91-U15T1M0-UM51DD000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 659/711

SOURCES OF DAMAGE

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 655

U

3U0619

STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3)

SOURCES OF DAMAGE (continued)

DAMAGE DETECTION/PREVENTION

Concerning fatigue damage, the aircraft is designed and justified, to

be free of significant fatigue cracking during its Design Service Goal

(DSG). The scheduled structure inspection programs are prepared to

detect any fatigue cracking before it reaches a critical length.

Inspections for corrosion are also part of the scheduled maintenance

program. Nevertheless, the maximum protection schemes and attention

is paid to protect the aircraft structure against known environmental

aggressions. In addition, the basic protections should be kept in good

conditions and some basic precautions should also be considered.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

91-U15T1M0-UM51DD000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 660/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 656

U

3U061

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

91-U15T1M0-UM51DD000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 661/711

SOURCES OF DAMAGE - DAMAGE DETECTION/PREVENTION

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 657

U

3U061

STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3)

SURFACE PROTECTIONS

- the material,

- the function,

- the location.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

191-U15T1M0-UM51DD000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 662/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 658

U

3U061

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

191-U15T1M0-UM51DD000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 663/711

SURFACE PROTECTIONS

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 659

U

3U061

STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3)

SURFACE PROTECTIONS (continued)

PROTECTIVE TREATMENT AREAS - FUSELAGE

- difficult access, and/or high risk of accidental damage.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

191-U15T1M0-UM51DD000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 664/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 660

U

3U06

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

191-U15T1M0-UM51DD000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 665/711

SURFACE PROTECTIONS - PROTECTIVE TREATMENT AREAS - FUSELAGE

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 661

U

3U06

STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3)

SURFACE PROTECTIONS (continued)

TYPE OF PROTECTIVE TREATMENTS

- Type 2 - heavy-duty corrosion preventive compound: grease-like

coatings containing corrosion inhibitors which protect against corrosive

agents.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

6191-U15T1M0-UM51DD000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 666/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 662

U

3U06

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

6191-U15T1M0-UM51DD000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 667/711

SURFACE PROTECTIONS - TYPE OF PROTECTIVE TREATMENTS

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 663

U

3U06

STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3)

SEALANTS

SEALING IN TYPICAL FUSELAGE AREAS

In some specified areas of the aircraft, for example the lower shell, a

protective layer is put on the sealant. This layer makes sure that other

materials (for example, fuel, hydraulic oil, engine oil and waste fluids

from the toilets and galleys) do not cause a deterioration of the sealant.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

6191-U15T1M0-UM51DD000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 668/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 664

U

3U06

SEALANTS SEALING IN TYPICAL FUSELAGE AREAS

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

6191-U15T1M0-UM51DD0000000

01

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 669/711

SEALANTS - SEALING IN TYPICAL FUSELAGE AREAS

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 665

U

3U06

STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3)

SEALANTS (continued)

SEALING IN TYPICAL FUEL TANK AREAS

In the fuel tanks, the sealant is used to prevent fuel leaks and corrosion

of the fuel tank.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

6191-U15T1M0-UM51DD0000000

01

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 670/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 666

U

3U0

SEALANTS SEALING IN TYPICAL FUEL TANK AREAS

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

06191-U15T1M0-UM51DD0000000

01

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 671/711

SEALANTS - SEALING IN TYPICAL FUEL TANK AREAS

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 667

U

3U0

STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3)

DRAINAGE

- special drain valves installed in those parts of the fuselage and which

are pressurized in flight.

The drain holes and drain valves are usually at the lowest part of the

fuselage. It is important that any unwanted liquids get to the drain holes

or valves. The structure of the lower fuselage is constructed so that a path

is given for these liquids. When you do a repair, make sure that you keep

this path free of unwanted materials.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

06191-U15T1M0-UM51DD0000000

01

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 672/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 668

U

3U0

DRAINAGE

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

06191-U15T1M0-UM51DD0000000

01

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 673/711

DRAINAGE

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 669

U

3U0

STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3)

COMPOSITE PARTS PROTECTION

COMPOSITE DAMAGES

Composite structures can be damaged by lightning strikes or handling

operations. The environmental conditions may be the source of damage

like rain, dust. The structure can also be affected by impact of foreign

objects or birds for example. At the design stage, the structure has the

maximum protection against these different sources of damage.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

06191-U15T1M0-UM51DD0000000

01

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 674/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 670

U

3U0

COMPOSITE PARTS PROTECTION - COMPOSITE DAMAGES

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

06191-U15T1M0-UM51DD0000000

01

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 675/711

COMPOSITE PARTS PROTECTION COMPOSITE DAMAGES

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 671

U

3U0

STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3)

COMPOSITE PARTS PROTECTION (continued)

LIGHTNING STRIKE PROTECTION

- Zone 3: this zone includes all of the aircraft surfaces that are not in

Zone 1 and 2. In Zone 3, there is a low probability of attachment of 

a lightning strike. However, high lightning currents can go through

Zone 3 by direct conduction between two attachment points. Zone 3

currents will also go into Zones 1 and 2.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DD0000000

01

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 676/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 672

U

3U

COMPOSITE PARTS PROTECTION - LIGHTNING STRIKE PROTECTION

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DD0000000

01

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 677/711

COMPOSITE PARTS PROTECTION LIGHTNING STRIKE PROTECTION

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 673

U

3U

STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3)

COMPOSITE PARTS PROTECTION (continued)

RADOME

This AMM extract deals with an example of lightning strike protection

in Zone 1, the radome. The radome is a sandwich structure with quartz

fiber skins; it is protected using copper straps on the external surface,

and bonding braids connecting the aluminum alloy frame to the

fuselage structure.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DD0000000

01

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 678/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 674

U

3U

COMPOSITE PARTS PROTECTION - RADOME

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DD0000000

01

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 679/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 675

U

3U

STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3)

COMPOSITE PARTS PROTECTION (continued)

ELEVATORS AND RUDDER

This second example shows the lightning strike protection of the

elevators and rudder trailing edges and tip, which are also located in

Zone 1. The elevators and the rudder are basically carbon fiber

structures. Their trailing edges are made of an aluminum alloy profile

and their tips are also made of aluminum alloy.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DD0000000

01

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 680/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 676

U

3U

COMPOSITE PARTS PROTECTION - ELEVATORS AND RUDDER

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DD000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 681/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 677

U3U

STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3)

COMPOSITE PARTS PROTECTION (continued)

ELECTRICAL CONTINUITY

The Nose Landing Gear doors are located in Zone 2. Their protection

and the electrical continuity is achieved using a metallic grid installed

at the manufacturing stage on the top of the composite layers. Note

that in most cases, this grid should be restored when damaged, as per

the Structural Repair Manual (SRM) procedures.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DD000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 682/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 678

U3U

COMPOSITE PARTS PROTECTION - ELECTRICAL CONTINUITY

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DD000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 683/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 679

U3

STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3)

COMPOSITE PARTS PROTECTION (continued)

HANDLING OF COMPOSITE STRUCTURES

To keep composite structures in good and serviceable conditions, the

operator should avoid any damage during handling and/or maintenance

operations (such as chopped tools, take care of no step areas, ...).

Chemical strippers are not authorized on composite structures (the

resin system may be deteriorated). The protection like paint schemes

and special layers (e.g. tedlar layers on inside surfaces) should be kept

in good condition. The drying of composites is also essential before

hot bonding repair operations.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DD000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 684/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 680

U3

COMPOSITE PARTS PROTECTION - HANDLING OF COMPOSITE STRUCTURES

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DD000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 685/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 681

U3

STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3)

COMPOSITE PARTS PROTECTION (continued)

ENVIRONMENTAL & IMPACT PROTECTION

The impact protection of the Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer (THS)

leading edge is achieved by a metallic cover plate.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DD000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 686/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 682

U3

COMPOSITE PARTS PROTECTION - ENVIRONMENTAL & IMPACT PROTECTION

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DD000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 687/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 683

U3

STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3)

COMPOSITE PARTS PROTECTION (continued)

ENVIRONMENTAL & IMPACT PROTECTION (CONT'D)

- titanium fasteners.

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DD000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 688/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 684

U

COMPOSITE PARTS PROTECTION - ENVIRONMENTAL & IMPACT PROTECTION (CONT'D)

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51DD000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 689/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3) May 10, 2006

Page 685

U

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EX. 1 OPERATIONAL SCENARIO (3)

SESSION OBJECTIVES

SESSION SET-UP

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT PROCEDURE

IDENTIFICATION OF THE DAMAGE

DETAILED IDENTIFICATION OF THE DAMAGED

PART

ALLOWABLE DAMAGE-GENERAL

DAMAGE CRITERIA

ALLOWABLE DENT DIAGRAM USAGE/FINAL

DECISION

CONCLUSION

DAMAGE LOCATION

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51210000000

01

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 690/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EX. 1 OPERATIONAL SCENARIO (3) May 10, 2006

Page 686

U

SESSION OBJECTIVES ... DAMAGE LOCATION

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51210000000

01

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 691/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EX. 1 OPERATIONAL SCENARIO (3) May 10, 2006

Page 687

U

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EX. 1 OPERATIONAL SCENARIO (3)

MAPPING

DRAFT

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51210000000

01

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 692/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EX. 1 OPERATIONAL SCENARIO (3) May 10, 2006

Page 688

U

MAPPING - DRAFT

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51210000000

01

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 693/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EX. 1 OPERATIONAL SCENARIO (3) May 10, 2006

Page 689

U

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EX. 1 OPERATIONAL SCENARIO (3)

MAPPING (continued)

FINALIZATION

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51210000000

01

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 694/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EX. 1 OPERATIONAL SCENARIO (3) May 10, 2006

Page 690

U

MAPPING - FINALIZATION

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51210000000

01

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 695/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EX. 1 OPERATIONAL SCENARIO (3) May 10, 2006

Page 691

U

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EX. 1 OPERATIONAL SCENARIO (3)

ALLOWABLE DENT DIAGRAM

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51210000000

01

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 696/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EX. 1 OPERATIONAL SCENARIO (3) May 10, 2006

Page 692

ALLOWABLE DENT DIAGRAM

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51210000000

01

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 697/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EX. 1 OPERATIONAL SCENARIO (3) May 10, 2006

Page 693

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EX. 2 OPERATIONAL SCENARIO (3)

SESSION OBJECTIVES

SESSION SET-UP

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT PROCEDURE

DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION/LOCATION

DETAILED IDENTIFICATION OF THE DAMAGED

PART

ALLOWABLE DAMAGE - GENERAL

APPLICABLE ALLOWABLE DAMAGE DIAGRAM

ALLOWABLE SCRATCH DIAGRAM USAGE/FINAL

DECISION

CONCLUSION

DAMAGE LOCATION

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51220000000

01

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 698/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EX. 2 OPERATIONAL SCENARIO (3) May 10, 2006

Page 694

SESSION OBJECTIVES ... DAMAGE LOCATION

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51220000000

01

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 699/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EX. 2 OPERATIONAL SCENARIO (3) May 10, 2006

Page 695

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EX. 2 OPERATIONAL SCENARIO (3)

MAPPING

DRAFT

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM51220000000

01

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 700/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EX. 2 OPERATIONAL SCENARIO (3) May 10, 2006

Page 696

MAPPING - DRAFT

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM5122000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 701/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EX. 2 OPERATIONAL SCENARIO (3) May 10, 2006

Page 697

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EX. 2 OPERATIONAL SCENARIO (3)

MAPPING (continued)

FINALIZATION

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM5122000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 702/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EX. 2 OPERATIONAL SCENARIO (3) May 10, 2006

Page 698

MAPPING - FINALIZATION

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM5122000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 703/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EX. 2 OPERATIONAL SCENARIO (3) May 10, 2006

Page 699

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EX. 2 OPERATIONAL SCENARIO (3)

ALLOWABLE DENT DIAGRAM

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM5122000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 704/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EX. 2 OPERATIONAL SCENARIO (3) May 10, 2006

Page 700

ALLOWABLE DENT DIAGRAM

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM5122000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 705/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EX. 2 OPERATIONAL SCENARIO (3) May 10, 2006

Page 701

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EX. 3 OPERAT. SCENARIO(3)

SESSION OBJECTIVES

SESSION SET-UP

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT PROCEDURE

DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION

STRINGERS LOCATION

DETAILED IDENTIFICATION OF THE DAMAGED

PART

ALLOWABLE DAMAGE - GENERAL

DAMAGE CRITERIA

CONCLUSION

DAMAGE LOCATION

5 5 6

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM5123000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 706/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EX. 3 OPERAT. SCENARIO(3) May 10, 2006

Page 702

SESSION OBJECTIVES ... DAMAGE LOCATION

MAINTENANCE COURSE T1 (V2500 A5/ME) A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EX 3 OPERAT SCENARIO(3) M 10 2006

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM5123000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 707/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EX. 3 OPERAT. SCENARIO(3) May 10, 2006

Page 703

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EX. 3 OPERAT. SCENARIO(3)

MAPPING

DRAFT

MAINTENANCE COURSE T1 (V2500 A5/ME) A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EX 3 OPERAT SCENARIO(3) M 10 2006

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM5123000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 708/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EX. 3 OPERAT. SCENARIO(3) May 10, 2006

Page 704

MAPPING - DRAFT

MAINTENANCE COURSE T1 (V2500 A5/ME) A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EX 3 OPERAT SCENARIO(3) May 10 2006

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM5123000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 709/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EX. 3 OPERAT. SCENARIO(3) May 10, 2006

Page 705

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EX. 3 OPERAT. SCENARIO(3)

MAPPING (continued)

RESULT

MAINTENANCE COURSE T1 (V2500 A5/ME) A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EX 3 OPERAT SCENARIO(3) May 10 2006

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM5123000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 710/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EX. 3 OPERAT. SCENARIO(3) May 10, 2006

Page 706

MAPPING - RESULT

MAINTENANCE COURSE T1 (V2500 A5/ME) A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EX 3 OPERAT SCENARIO(3) May 10 2006

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

U3U06191-U15T1M0-UM5123000000001

8/22/2019 51 Structure

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/51-structure 711/711

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME) 

51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EX. 3 OPERAT. SCENARIO(3) May 10, 2006

Page 707